Finance (No. 2) Act 2017

2017 c. 32

An Act to grant certain duties, to alter other duties, and to amend the law relating to the national debt and the public revenue, and to make further provision in connection with finance.

Enacted[16th November 2017]

Most Gracious Sovereign

WE, Your Majesty's most dutiful and loyal subjects, the Commons of the United Kingdom in Parliament assembled, towards raising the necessary supplies to defray Your Majesty's public expenses, and making an addition to the public revenue, have freely and voluntarily resolved to give and to grant unto Your Majesty the several duties hereinafter mentioned; and do therefore most humbly beseech Your Majesty that it may be enacted, and be it enacted by the Queen's most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal, and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:—

PART 1 Direct taxes¶

Income tax: employment and pensions¶

1 Taxable benefits: time limit for making good¶

1 Part 3 of ITEPA 2003 (employment income: earnings and benefits etc treated as earnings) is amended as follows.

2 In section 87 (cash equivalent of benefit of non-cash voucher)—

a in subsection (2)(b), for “to the person incurring it” substitute “ , to the person incurring it, on or before 6 July following the relevant tax year ”, and

b after subsection (2) insert—

3 In section 88(3) (time at which cheque voucher treated as handed over), at the beginning insert “ For the purposes of subsection (2) and sections 87(2B) and 87A(6), ”.

4 In section 94(2) (cash equivalent of benefit of credit-token), in paragraph (b), for the words from “employee” to the end substitute

5 In section 105(2) (cash equivalent of benefit of living accommodation costing £75,000 or less), in paragraph (b), after “made good” insert “ , on or before 6 July following the tax year which contains the taxable period, ”.

6 In section 106(3) (cash equivalent of benefit of living accommodation costing over £75,000), in paragraph (a), for the words from “paid” to “exceeds” substitute

7 In section 144 (deduction for payments for private use of car)—

a in subsection (1)(b), for “in” substitute “ on or before 6 July following ”,

b in subsection (2), after “paid” insert “ as mentioned in subsection (1)(b) ”, and

c in subsection (3), after “paid” insert “ as mentioned in subsection (1)(b) ”.

8 In section 151(2) (when cash equivalent of benefit of car fuel is nil)—

a in the words before paragraph (a) omit “in the tax year in question”,

b in paragraph (a), at the beginning insert “ in the tax year in question, ”, and

c in paragraph (b), at the end insert “ on or before 6 July following that tax year ”.

9 In section 152(2) (car fuel: proportionate reduction of cash equivalent)—

a in the words before paragraph (a) omit “for any part of the tax year in question”,

b in paragraph (a), at the beginning insert “ for any part of the tax year in question, ”,

c in paragraph (b), at the beginning insert “ for any part of the tax year in question, ”, and

d in paragraph (c)—

i after “employee”, in the first place it occurs, insert

, and

ii for “and the employee does make good that expense” substitute

10 In section 158 (reduction for payments for private use of van)—

a in subsection (1)(b), for “in” substitute “ on or before 6 July following ”,

b in subsection (2), after “paid” insert “ as mentioned in subsection (1)(b) ”, and

c in subsection (3), after “paid” insert “ as mentioned in subsection (1)(b) ”.

11 In section 162(2) (when cash equivalent of benefit of van fuel is nil)—

a in the words before paragraph (a) omit “in the tax year in question”,

b in paragraph (a), at the beginning insert “ in the tax year in question, ”, and

c in paragraph (b), at the end insert “ on or before 6 July following that tax year ”.

12 In section 163(3) (van fuel: proportionate reduction of cash equivalent)—

a in the words before paragraph (a) omit “for any part of the tax year in question”,

b in paragraph (a), at the beginning insert “ for any part of the tax year in question, ”,

c in paragraph (b), at the beginning insert “ for any part of the tax year in question, ”, and

d in paragraph (c)—

i after “employee”, in the first place it occurs, insert

, and

ii for “and the employee does make good that expense” substitute

13 In section 203(2) (cash equivalent of benefit treated as earnings), for “to the persons providing the benefit” substitute “ , to the persons providing the benefit, on or before 6 July following the tax year in which it is provided ”.

14 The amendments made by this section have effect for the purpose of calculating income tax charged for the tax year 2017-18 or any subsequent tax year.

2 Taxable benefits: ultra-low emission vehicles¶

1 ITEPA 2003 is amended as follows.

2 In section 139 (car with a CO₂ emissions figure: the appropriate percentage), for subsections (1) to (6) substitute—

1 The appropriate percentage for a year for a car with a CO₂ emissions figure of less than 75 is determined in accordance with the following table.

Car	Appropriate percentage
Car with CO₂ emissions figure of 0	2%
Car with CO₂ emissions figure of 1 - 50
Car with electric range figure of 130 or more	2%
Car with electric range figure of 70 - 129	5%
Car with electric range figure of 40 - 69	8%
Car with electric range figure of 30 - 39	12%
Car with electric range figure of less than 30	14%
Car with CO₂ emissions figure of 51 - 54	15%
Car with CO₂ emissions figure of 55 - 59	16%
Car with CO₂ emissions figure of 60 - 64	17%
Car with CO₂ emissions figure of 65 - 69	18%
Car with CO₂ emissions figure of 70 - 74	19%

2 For the purposes of subsection (1) and the table, if a CO₂ emissions figure or an electric range figure is not a whole number, round it down to the nearest whole number.

3 The appropriate percentage for a year for a car with a CO₂ emissions figure of 75 or more is whichever is the lesser of—

a 20% plus one percentage point for each 5 grams per kilometre driven by which the CO₂ emissions figure exceeds 75, and

b 37%.

4 For the purposes of subsection (3), if a CO₂ emissions figure is not a multiple of 5, round it down to the nearest multiple of 5.

5 In this section, an “electric range figure” is the number of miles which is the equivalent of the number of kilometres specified in an EC certificate of conformity, an EC type-approval certificate or a UK approval certificate on the basis of which a car is registered, as being the maximum distance for which the car can be driven in electric mode without recharging the battery.

3 In section 140 (car without a CO₂ emissions figure: the appropriate percentage)—

a in subsection (2), in the table —

i for “23%” substitute “ 24% ”, and

ii for “34%” substitute “ 35% ”;

b in subsection (3)(a), for “16%” substitute “ 2% ”.

4 In section 142(2) (car first registered before 1 January 1998: the appropriate percentage), in the table—

a for “23%” substitute “ 24% ”, and

b for “34%” substitute “ 35% ”.

5 Omit subsection 170(3).

6 The amendments made by this section have effect for the tax year 2020-21 and subsequent tax years.

3 Pensions advice¶

1 In Chapter 9 of Part 4 of ITEPA 2003, after section 308B insert—

308C Provision of pensions advice: limited exemption

1 No liability to income tax arises in respect of—

a the provision of relevant pensions advice to an employee or former or prospective employee, or

b the payment or reimbursement of costs incurred, by or in respect of an employee or former or prospective employee, in obtaining relevant pensions advice,

if Condition A or B is met.

2 But subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a person in a tax year so far as the value of the exemption in the person's case in that year exceeds £500.

3 The “value of the exemption”, in relation to a person and a tax year, is the amount exempted by subsection (1) from income tax in the person's case in that year, disregarding subsection (2) for this purpose.

4 If in a tax year there is in relation to an individual more than one person who is an employer or former employer, subsections (1) to (3) apply in relation to the individual as employee or former or prospective employee of any one of those persons separately from their application in relation to the individual as employee or former or prospective employee of any other of those persons.

5 “Relevant pensions advice”, in relation to a person, means information, or advice, in connection with—

a the person's pension arrangements, or

b the use of the person's pension funds.

6 Condition A is that the relevant pensions advice, or payment or reimbursement, is provided under a scheme that is open—

a to the employer's employees generally, or

b generally to the employer's employees at a particular location.

7 Condition B is that the relevant pensions advice, or payment or reimbursement, is provided under a scheme that is open generally to the employer's employees, or generally to those of the employer's employees at a particular location, who—

a have reached the minimum qualifying age, or

b meet the ill-health condition.

8 The “minimum qualifying age”, in relation to an employee, means the employee's relevant pension age less 5 years.

9 “Relevant pension age”, in relation to an employee, means—

a where paragraph 22 or 23 of Schedule 36 to FA 2004 applies in relation to the employee and a registered pension scheme of which the employee is a member, the employee's protected pension age (see paragraph 22(8) and 23(8) of Schedule 36 to FA 2004), or

b in any other case, the employee's normal minimum pension age, as defined by section 279(1) of FA 2004.

10 The “ill-health condition” is met by an employee if the employer is satisfied, on the basis of evidence provided by a registered medical practitioner, that the employee is (and will continue to be) incapable of carrying on his or her occupation because of physical or mental impairment.

2 In section 228 of ITEPA 2003 (effect of exemptions on liability under provisions outside Part 2 of ITEPA 2003), in subsection (2), after paragraph (da) insert—

3 Regulation 5 of the Income Tax (Exemption of Minor Benefits) Regulations 2002 (S.I. 2002/205) (exemption in respect of the provision of pensions advice) is revoked.

4 In regulation 2 of the Income Tax (Exemption of Minor Benefits) (Amendment) Regulations 2004 (S.I. 2004/3087) omit the inserted regulation 5.

5 The amendments made by this section have effect for the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

4 Legal expenses etc¶

1 ITEPA 2003 is amended as follows.

2 In section 346 (deduction for employee liabilities)—

a in the heading, at the end insert “ and expenses ”,

b after paragraph B (in subsection (1)) insert—

c in paragraph C(b) (in subsection (1)), after “B” insert “ , BA or BB ”,

d in subsection (2) for “or B” substitute “ B, BA or BB ”,

e in subsection (2A), for “paragraph A, B or C” substitute “ any of paragraphs A to C ”, and

f after subsection (3) insert—

4 In this section and section 349—

a “acts” includes failures to act and acts are “related to the employment” if the employee was acting—

i in the employee's capacity as holder of the employment, or

ii in any other capacity in which the employee was acting in the performance of the duties of the employment,

b “giving evidence” includes making a formal or informal statement or answering questions,

c “proceeding or other process” includes any civil, criminal or arbitration proceedings, any disciplinary or regulatory proceedings of any kind and any process operated for resolving disputes or adjudicating on complaints, and

d references to a proceeding or other process or an investigation include a reference to a proceeding or other process or an investigation that is likely to take place.

3 In section 349 (section 346: meaning of “qualifying insurance contract”), in subsection (2)—

a after paragraph (c) insert—

, and

b in subsection (2)(d), after “(c)” insert “ , (ca) or (cb) ”.

4 In section 409 (payments and benefits on termination of employment etc: exception for payments and benefits in respect of employee liabilities and indemnity insurance)—

a in the heading, for “employee liabilities” substitute “ certain legal expenses etc ”, and

b in subsection (3), at the end insert “ or by the employer or former employer on behalf of the individual ”.

5 In section 410 (payments and benefits on termination of employment etc: exception for certain payments and benefits received by personal representatives of deceased individual)—

a in the heading for “employee liabilities” substitute “ certain legal expenses etc ”, and

b in subsection (3), at the end insert “ or by the former employer on behalf of the individual's personal representatives ”.

6 In section 558 (deductions for liabilities of former employees: meaning of “deductible payment”)—

a after paragraph B (in subsection (1)) insert—

, and

b in paragraph C(b) (in subsection (1)), after “B” insert “ , BA or BB ”,

c in subsection (2), for “or B” substitute “ B, BA or BB ”,

d after subsection (3) insert—

4 In this section and section 560—

a “acts” includes failures to act and acts are “related to the former employment” if the former employee was acting—

i in the employee's capacity as holder of the former employment, or

ii in any other capacity in which the former employee was acting in the performance of the duties of that employment,

b “giving evidence” includes making a formal or informal statement or answering questions,

d references to a proceeding or other process or an investigation include a reference to a proceeding or other process or an investigation that is likely to take place.

7 In section 560 (section 558: meaning of “qualifying insurance contract”), in subsection (2)—

a after paragraph (c) insert—

, and

b in paragraph (d), after “(c)” insert “ , (ca) or (cb) ”.

8 The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

5 Termination payments etc: amounts chargeable on employment income¶

1 ITEPA 2003 is amended in accordance with subsections (2) to (9).

2 In section 7(5) (list of provisions under which amounts are treated as earnings), before the “or” at the end of paragraph (c) insert—

3 Before section 403 (charge on payments and benefits in excess of £30,000 threshold) insert—

402A Split of payments and other benefits between sections 402B and 403

1 In this Chapter “termination award” means a payment or other benefit to which this Chapter applies because of section 401(1)(a).

2 Section 402B (termination awards not benefiting from threshold treated as earnings) applies to termination awards to the extent determined under section 402C.

3 Section 403 (charge on payment or benefit where threshold applies) applies to termination awards so far as they are not ones to which section 402B applies.

4 Section 403 also applies to payments and other benefits to which this Chapter applies because of section 401(1)(b) or (c) (change in duties or earnings).

402B Termination awards not benefiting from threshold to be treated as earnings

1 The amount of a termination award to which this section applies is treated as an amount of earnings of the employee, or former employee, from the employment.

2 See also section 7(3)(b) and (5)(ca) (which cause amounts treated as earnings under this section to be included in general earnings).

3 Section 403(3) (when benefits are received) does not apply in relation to payments or other benefits to which this section applies.

402C The termination awards to which section 402B applies

1 This section has effect for the purpose of identifying the extent to which section 402B applies to termination awards in respect of the termination of the employment of the employee.

2 In this section “relevant termination award” means a termination award that is neither—

a a redundancy payment, nor

b so much of an approved contractual payment as is equal to or less than the amount which would have been due if a redundancy payment had been payable.

3 If the post-employment notice pay (see section 402D) in respect of the termination is greater than, or equal to, the total amount of the relevant termination awards in respect of the termination, section 402B applies to all of those relevant termination awards.

4 If the post-employment notice pay in respect of the termination is less than the total amount of the relevant termination awards in respect of the termination but is not nil—

a section 402B applies to a part of those relevant termination awards, and

b the amount of that part is equal to the post-employment notice pay.

5 Section 309(4) to (6) (meaning of “redundancy payment” and “approved contractual payment” etc) apply for the purposes of subsection (2) as they apply for the purposes of section 309.

402D “Post-employment notice pay”

1 “The post-employment notice pay” in respect of a termination is (subject to subsection (11)) given by—

(\frac{BP \times D}{P}) - T

where—

BP, D and P are given by subsections (3) to (7), and

T is the total of the amounts of any payment or benefit received in connection with the termination which—

would fall within section 401(1)(a) but for section 401(3),
is taxable as earnings under Chapter 1 of Part 3,
is not pay in respect of holiday entitlement for a period before the employment ends, and
is not a bonus payable for termination of the employment.

2 If the amount given by the formula in subsection (1) is a negative amount, the post-employment notice pay is nil.

3 Subject to subsections (5) and (6)—

BP is the employee's basic pay (see subsection (7)) from the employment in respect of the last pay period of the employee to end before the trigger date,
P is the number of days in that pay period, and
D is the number of days in the post-employment notice period.

4 See section 402E for the meaning of “trigger date” and “post-employment notice period”.

5 If there is no pay period of the employee which ends before the trigger date then—

BP is the employee's basic pay from the employment in respect of the period starting with the first day of the employment and ending with the trigger date,
P is the number of days in that period, and
D is the number of days in the post-employment notice period.

6 If the last pay period of the employee to end before the trigger date is a month, the minimum notice (see section 402E) is given by contractual terms and is expressed to be a whole number of months, and the post-employment notice period is equal in length to the minimum notice or is otherwise a whole number of months, then—

BP is the employee's basic pay from the employment in respect of the last pay period of the employee to end before the trigger date,
P is 1, and
D is the length of the post-employment notice period expressed in months.

7 In this section “basic pay” means—

a employment income of the employee from the employment but disregarding—

i any amount received by way of overtime, bonus, commission, gratuity or allowance,

ii any amount received in connection with the termination of the employment,

iii any amount treated as earnings under Chapters 2 to 10 of Part 3 (the benefits code) or which would be so treated apart from section 64,

iv any amount which is treated as earnings under Chapter 12 of Part 3 (amounts treated as earnings),

v any amount which counts as employment income by virtue of Part 7 (income relating to securities and securities options), and

vi any employment-related securities that constitute earnings under Chapter 1 of Part 3 (earnings), and

b any amount which the employee has given up the right to receive but which would have fallen within paragraph (a) had the employee not done so.

8 In subsection (7) “employment-related securities” has the same meaning as it has in Chapter 1 of Part 7 (see section 421B).

9 The Treasury may by regulations amend this section for the purpose of altering the meaning of “basic pay”.

10 A statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (9) may not be made unless a draft of it has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, the House of Commons.

11 Where the purpose, or one of the purposes, of any arrangements is the avoidance of tax by causing the post-employment notice pay calculated under subsection (1) to be less than it would otherwise be, the post-employment notice pay is to be treated as the amount which the post-employment notice pay would have been but for the arrangements.

12 In subsection (11) “arrangements” includes any scheme, arrangement or understanding of any kind, whether or not legally enforceable, involving a single transaction or two or more transactions.

402E Meaning of “trigger date” and “post-employment notice period” in section 402D

1 Subsections (2) and (4) to (6) have effect for the purposes of section 402D (and subsection (4) has effect also for the purposes of this section).

2 The “trigger date” is—

a if the termination is not a notice case, the last day of the employment, and

b if the termination is a notice case, the day the notice is given.

3 For the purposes of this section, the termination is a “notice case” if the employer or employee gives notice to the other to terminate the employment, and here it does not matter—

a whether the notice is more or less than, or the same as, the minimum notice, or

b if the employment ends before the notice expires.

4 The “minimum notice” is the minimum notice required to be given by the employer to terminate the employee's employment by notice in accordance with the law and contractual terms effective—

a where the termination is not a notice case—

i immediately before the employment ends, or

ii where the employment ends by agreement entered into after the start of the employment, immediately before the agreement is entered into, and

b where the termination is a notice case, immediately before the notice is given.

5 The “post-employment notice period” is the period—

a beginning at the end of the last day of the employment, and

b ending with the earliest lawful termination date.

(But see subsection (8) for provision about limited-term contracts.)

6 If the earliest lawful termination date is, or precedes, the last day of the employment, the number of days in the post-employment notice period is nil.

7 “The earliest lawful termination date” is the last day of the period which—

a is equal in length to the minimum notice, and

b begins at the end of the trigger date.

8 In the case of a contract of employment which is a limited-term contract and which does not include provision for termination by notice by the employer, the post-employment notice period is the period—

a beginning at the end of the last day of the employment, and

b ending with the day of the occurrence of the limiting event.

9 If, in a case to which subsection (8) applies, on the last day of the employment the day of the occurrence of the limiting event is not ascertained or ascertainable (because, for example, the limiting event is the performance of a task), then subsection (8) has effect as if for paragraph (b) there were substituted—

10 In this section “limited-term contract” and “limiting event” have the same meaning as in the Employment Rights Act 1996 (see section 235(2A) and (2B)).

4 In section 403 (charges on payments and benefits which can benefit from threshold)—

a in subsection (1), for “Chapter” substitute “ section ”,

b in subsection (3), after “Chapter” insert “ (but see section 402B(3)) ”,

c in subsection (4), for the words from “when” to “exceeds” substitute

d in subsection (5)(a), for “Chapter” substitute “ section ”,

e in subsection (6), after “employment income” insert “ or, as the case may be, in relation to whom section 402B(1) provides for an amount to be treated as an amount of earnings ”, and

f in the heading, at the end insert “ where threshold applies ”.

5 In section 404 (how the threshold applies)—

a in subsection (3)(b) (meaning of “termination or change date”), for “this Chapter” substitute “ section 403 ”, and

b after subsection (5) insert—

6 After section 404A insert—

7 In section 406 (exception in cases of death, injury or disability)—

a the existing text becomes subsection (1), and

b after that subsection insert—

8 In section 414(2) (proportionate reduction for foreign service in certain cases), for “otherwise count as employment income under this Chapter” substitute

9 In section 717(4) (regulations etc not subject to negative procedure), before “or section 681F(3)” insert “ , section 402D(10) (meaning of basic pay for purpose of calculating charge on termination award), section 404B(4) (reduction of tax-free threshold for employment-termination etc payments) ”.

10 The amendments made by this section have effect for the tax year 2018-19 and subsequent tax years.

6 PAYE settlement agreements¶

1 In Chapter 5 of Part 11 of ITEPA 2003 (PAYE settlement agreements), in sections 703(a) and 704(1)(a), for “an officer of Revenue and Customs” substitute “ Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs ”.

2 The amendment made by this section has effect in relation to the tax year 2018-19 and subsequent tax years.

^F2017 Money purchase annual allowance¶

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income tax: investments¶

8 Dividend nil rate for tax year 2018-19 etc¶

1 In section 13A of ITA 2007 (income charged at the dividend nil rate), for “£5000”, in each place, substitute “ £2000 ”.

2 The amendments made by this section have effect for the tax year 2018-19 and subsequent tax years.

9 Life insurance policies: recalculating gains on part surrenders etc¶

1 ITTOIA 2005 is amended as follows.

2 After section 507 (method for making periodic calculations in part surrender or assignment cases) insert—

507A Recalculating gains under section 507

1 An interested person may apply to an officer of Revenue and Customs for a review of a calculation under section 507 on the ground that the gain arising from it is wholly disproportionate.

2 For the purposes of this section an interested person in relation to a calculation under section 507 is a person who would be liable for all or any part of the amount of tax that would be chargeable under this Chapter if the gain were not recalculated.

3 Applications under subsection (1) must be—

a made in writing, and

b received by an officer of Revenue and Customs within—

i the four tax years following the tax year in which the gain arose, or

ii such longer period as the officer may agree.

4 In considering whether the gain is wholly disproportionate, the officer may take into account (as well as the amount of the gain) any factor which the officer considers appropriate including, so far as the officer considers it appropriate to do so—

a the economic gain on the rights surrendered or assigned,

b the amount of the premiums paid under the policy or contract,

c the amount of tax that would be chargeable under this Chapter if the gain were not recalculated.

5 If, following an application under subsection (1), an officer considers that the gain arising from the calculation under section 507 is wholly disproportionate, the officer must recalculate the gain on a just and reasonable basis.

6 Following a recalculation under subsection (5), references in this Chapter (but excluding this section) to a calculation under section 507 are to be regarded as references to a recalculation under this section.

7 Following a recalculation under subsection (5), an officer of Revenue and Customs must notify the interested person of the result of the recalculation.

8 If two or more persons are interested persons in relation to a calculation under section 507—

a an application under subsection (1) may be made only by all the interested persons jointly, and

b subsection (7) applies as if the reference to the interested person were a reference to each of the interested persons.

9 Following a recalculation under subsection (5), all necessary adjustments and repayments of income tax are to be made.

10 No recalculation is to be made under this section if the gain mentioned in subsection (1) arises as a result of one or more transactions which form part of arrangements, the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to obtain a tax advantage for any person.

11 In this section—

“arrangements” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable), and
“tax advantage” has the meaning given by section 1139 of CTA 2010.

3 After section 512 (available premium left for relevant transaction in certain part surrender or assignment cases) insert—

512A Recalculating gains under section 511

1 An interested person may apply to an officer of Revenue and Customs for a review of a calculation under section 511 on the ground that the gain arising from it is wholly disproportionate.

2 For the purposes of this section an interested person in relation to a calculation under section 511 is a person who would be liable for all or any part of the amount of tax that would be chargeable under this Chapter—

a if the gain were not recalculated, or

b if all rights under the policy or contract had been surrendered immediately after the surrender or assignment of rights which gave rise to the calculation.

3 Applications under subsection (1) must be—

a made in writing, and

b received by an officer of Revenue and Customs within—

i the four tax years following the tax year in which the gain arose, or

ii such longer period as the officer may agree.

a the economic gain on the rights surrendered or assigned,

b the amount of the premiums paid under the policy or contract,

c the amount of tax that would be chargeable under this Chapter if the gain were not recalculated.

5 If, following an application under subsection (1), an officer considers that the gain arising from the calculation under section 511 is wholly disproportionate, the officer must recalculate the gain on a just and reasonable basis.

6 Following a recalculation under subsection (5), references in this Chapter (but excluding this section) to a calculation under section 511 are to be regarded as references to a recalculation under this section.

7 Following a recalculation under subsection (5), an officer of Revenue and Customs must notify the interested person of the result of the recalculation.

8 If two or more persons are interested persons in relation to a calculation under section 511—

a an application under subsection (1) may be made only by all the interested persons jointly, and

b subsection (7) applies as if the reference to the interested person were a reference to each of the interested persons.

9 Following a recalculation under subsection (5), all necessary adjustments and repayments of income tax are to be made.

11 In this section—

“arrangements” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable), and
“tax advantage” has the meaning given by section 1139 of CTA 2010.

4 In section 538 (recovery of tax from trustees), after subsection (6) insert—

5 The amendments made by subsection (4) have effect in relation to amounts recovered before, as well as after, the day on which this Act is passed.

10 Personal portfolio bonds¶

In section 520 of ITTOIA 2005 (property categories), after subsection (4) insert—

5 The Treasury may by regulations—

a amend the table in subsection (2) by adding, removing or amending a category of property;

b add, remove or amend a definition relating to any category of property in that table; and

c make consequential amendments.

6 A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section which have the effect of removing a category of property from the table in subsection (2)—

a must be laid before the House of Commons; and

b ceases to have effect at the end of the period of 28 days beginning with the day on which it was made, unless it is approved during that period by a resolution of the House of Commons.

7 In reckoning the period of 28 days, no account is to be taken of any time during which Parliament is dissolved or prorogued, or during which the House of Commons is adjourned for more than four days.

11 EIS and SEIS: the no pre-arranged exits requirement¶

1 ITA 2007 is amended as follows.

2 In section 177 (EIS: the no pre-arranged exits requirement), for subsection (2) substitute—

3 In section 257CD (SEIS: the no pre-arranged exits requirement), for subsection (2) substitute—

4 The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to shares issued on or after 5 December 2016.

12 VCTs: follow-on funding¶

1 ITA 2007 is amended as follows.

2 In section 326 (restructuring to which sections 326A and 327 apply)—

a in the heading to section 326, for “section 327 applies” substitute “ sections 326A, 327 and 327A apply ”;

b in subsection (1), for “Sections 326A and 327 apply” substitute “ Sections 326A, 327 and 327A apply ”.

3 After section 327 insert—

327A Follow-on funding

1 Subsections (2) and (3) apply where—

a this section applies (see section 326(1)),

b the acquisition by the new company of all the old shares, which is provided for by the arrangements mentioned in section 326(1), takes place, and

c the acquisition falls within section 326(2).

2 If, after the acquisition, another company makes an investment in the new company, section 280C (the permitted maximum age condition) has effect in relation to that investment as if—

a in subsection (4)(a) the reference to a relevant investment having been made in the relevant company before the end of the initial investing period included a reference to a relevant investment having been made in the old company before the acquisition and before the end of the initial investing period, and

b in subsection (6)(a) the reference to relevant investments made in the relevant company included a reference to relevant investments made in the old company before the acquisition.

3 In relation to any relevant holding issued by the new company after the acquisition, section 294A (the permitted company age requirement) has effect as if—

a in subsection (3)(a) the reference to a relevant investment having been made in the relevant company before the end of the initial investing period included a reference to a relevant investment having been made in the old company before the acquisition and before the end of the initial investing period, and

b in subsection (5)(a) the reference to relevant investments made in the relevant company included a reference to relevant investments made in the old company before the acquisition.

4 In subsection (3) “relevant holding” has the same meaning as in Chapter 4.

4 The amendments made by this section have effect—

a for the purposes of section 280C of ITA 2007, in relation to investments made on or after 6 April 2017;

b for the purposes of section 294A of ITA 2007, in relation to relevant holdings issued on or after 6 April 2017.

13 VCTs: exchange of non-qualifying shares and securities¶

1 Section 330 of ITA 2007 (power to facilitate company reorganisations etc involving exchange of shares) is amended as follows.

2 After subsection (1) insert—

3 In subsection (2), for “subsection (1)” substitute “ subsections (1) and (1A) ”.

4 In subsection (3), for “The regulations” substitute “ Regulations under subsection (1) ”.

5 After subsection (3) insert—

6 In subsection (4), for “The regulations” substitute “ Regulations under this section ”.

7 In subsection (6). in paragraph (c), at the beginning insert “ in the case of regulations under subsection (1) ”.

14 Social investment tax relief¶

Schedule 1 makes provision about income tax relief for social investments.

15 Business investment relief¶

1 Chapter A1 of Part 14 of ITA 2007 (remittance basis) is amended as follows.

2 In section 809VC (qualifying investments), in subsection (1)(a), after “issued to” insert “ or acquired by ”.

3 In section 809VD (condition relating to qualifying investments)—

a in subsection (1), omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (b) and after that paragraph insert—

;

b in subsection (2)(b), for “2” substitute “ 5 ”;

c in subsection (3)(c), for “2” substitute “ 5 ”;

d after subsection (3) insert—

;

e in subsection (4), for “reference in subsection (3)” substitute “ references in subsections (3) and (3A) ”;

f in subsection (5)(a), for “2” substitute “ 5 ”.

4 In section 809VE (commercial trades), after subsection (5) insert—

5 In section 809VH (meaning of “potentially chargeable event”)—

a in subsection (1)(a), after “eligible stakeholder company” insert “ nor an eligible hybrid company ”;

b in subsection (1)(d), for “2-year” substitute “ 5-year ”;

c in subsection (2), for paragraph (b) substitute—

;

d omit subsection (4);

e in subsection (5)—

i for “2-year” substitute “ 5-year ”;

ii in paragraph (a), for “2” substitute “ 5 ”;

f in subsection (6), omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (b) and after that paragraph insert—

;

g in subsection (10)(b), after “eligible stakeholder company” insert “ or an eligible hybrid company ”.

6 In section 809VJ (grace period), after subsection (2) insert—

7 In section 809VN (order of disposals etc), in subsections (1)(c) and (5)(a) and (b), after “eligible stakeholder company” insert “ or eligible hybrid company ”.

8 The amendments made by this section have effect where the relevant event as defined in section 809VA of ITA 2007 occurs on or after 6 April 2017.

Income tax: trading and property businesses¶

16 Calculation of profits of trades and property businesses¶

Schedule 2 contains provision about the calculation of the profits of a trade, profession or vocation or a property business, in particular the calculation of profits on the cash basis.

17 Trading and property allowances¶

Schedule 3 contains provision about a trading allowance and a property allowance giving relief from income tax.

Corporation tax¶

18 Carried-forward losses¶

1 Schedule 4 makes provision about corporation tax relief for losses and other amounts that are carried forward.

2 The Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs may by regulations made by statutory instrument make provision consequential on any provision made by Schedule 4.

3 Regulations under subsection (2)—

a may make provision amending or modifying any provision of the Taxes Acts (including any provision inserted by Schedule 4),

b may make incidental, supplemental, transitional, transitory or saving provision, and

c may make different provision for different purposes.

4 A statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (2) is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.

5 In this section “the Taxes Acts” has the same meaning as in the Taxes Management Act 1970 (see section 118(1) of that Act).

19 Losses: counteraction of avoidance arrangements¶

1 Any loss-related tax advantage that would (in the absence of this section) arise from relevant tax arrangements is to be counteracted by the making of such adjustments as are just and reasonable.

2 Any adjustments required to be made under this section (whether or not by an officer of Revenue and Customs) may be made by way of—

a an assessment,

b the modification of an assessment,

c amendment or disallowance of a claim,

or otherwise.

3 For the purposes of this section arrangements are “relevant tax arrangements” if conditions A and B are met.

4 Condition A is that the purpose, or one of the main purposes, of the arrangements is to obtain a loss-related tax advantage.

5 Condition B is that it is reasonable to regard the arrangements as circumventing the intended limits of relief under the relevant provisions or otherwise exploiting shortcomings in the relevant provisions.

6 In determining whether or not condition B is met all the relevant circumstances are to be taken into account, including whether the arrangements include any steps that—

a are contrived or abnormal, or

b lack a genuine commercial purpose.

7 In this section “loss-related tax advantage” means a tax advantage as a result of a deduction (or increased deduction) under a provision mentioned in subsection (8).

8 The provisions are—

za section 2A(1) of TCGA 1992 (allowable capital losses);

a sections 457, 459, 461, 462, 463B, 463G and 463H of CTA 2009 (non-trading deficits from loan relationships);

b section 753 of CTA 2009 (non-trading losses on intangible fixed assets);

c section 1219 of CTA 2009 (management expenses etc);

d sections 37, 45, 45A, 45B and 45F of CTA 2010 (deductions in respect of trade losses);

e section 62(3) of CTA 2010 (losses of a UK property business);

f Part 5 of CTA 2010 (group relief);

g Part 5A of CTA 2010 (group relief for carried-forward losses);

h sections 303B, 303C and 303D of CTA 2010 (non-decommissioning losses of ring-fence trades);

i sections 124A, 124B and 124C of FA 2012 (carried-forward BLAGAB trade losses).

9 In this section—

“arrangements” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable);
“tax advantage” has the meaning given by section 1139 of CTA 2010.

10 This section has effect in relation to a tax advantage that relates (or would apart from this section relate) to an accounting period beginning on or after 1 April 2017 (regardless of when the arrangements in question were made).

11 Where a tax advantage would (apart from this subsection) relate to an accounting period beginning before 1 April 2017 and ending on or after that date (“the straddling period”)—

a so much of the straddling period as falls before 1 April 2017, and so much of that period as falls on or after that date, are treated as separate accounting periods, and

b the extent (if any) to which the tax advantage relates to the second of those accounting periods is to be determined by apportioning amounts—

i in accordance with section 1172 of CTA 2010 (time basis), or

ii if that method would produce a result that is unjust or unreasonable, on a just and reasonable basis.

12 In the case of a tax advantage as a result of a deduction (or increased deduction) under—

a section 463H of CTA 2009,

b section 62(3) of CTA 2010,

c section 303B, 303C or 303D of CTA 2010, or

d section 124A or 124C of FA 2012,

subsections (10) and (11) have effect as if the references to 1 April 2017 were to 13 July 2017.

13 In the case of a tax advantage as a result of a deduction (or increased deduction) under section 2A(1) of TCGA 1992, subsections (10) and (11) have effect as if the references to 1 April 2017 were to 1 April 2020.

20 Corporate interest restriction¶

Schedule 5 makes provision about the amounts that may be brought into account for the purposes of corporation tax in respect of interest and other financing costs.

21 Museum and gallery exhibitions¶

Schedule 6 makes provision about relief in respect of the production of museum and gallery exhibitions.

22 Grassroots sport¶

1 CTA 2010 is amended as follows.

2 In section 1(2) (overview of Act)—

a omit the “and” at the end of paragraph (g), and

b after that paragraph insert—

3 In section 99(1) (group relief: losses and other amounts which may be surrendered), after paragraph (d) insert—

4 In section 105(4) (group relief: order in which amounts are treated as surrendered)—

a after paragraph (a) insert—

b in paragraph (b), for “second” substitute “ third ”,

c in paragraph (c), for “third” substitute “ fourth ”, and

d in paragraph (d), for “fourth” substitute “ fifth ”.

5 After Part 6 insert—

PART 6A Relief for expenditure on grassroots sport

217A Relief for expenditure on grassroots sport

1 A payment made by a company which is qualifying expenditure on grassroots sport (and which is not refunded) is allowed as a deduction in accordance with this section from the company's total profits in calculating the corporation tax chargeable for the accounting period in which the payment is made.

2 The deduction is from the company's total profits for the accounting period after any other relief from corporation tax other than—

a relief under Part 6,

b group relief, and

c group relief for carried-forward losses.

3 If the company is a qualifying sport body at the time of the payment, a deduction is allowed for the amount of the payment.See section 217C for the meaning of “qualifying sport body”.

4 If the company is not a qualifying sport body at the time of the payment, a deduction is allowed—

a if the payment is to a qualifying sport body, for the amount of the payment, and

b if the payment does not fall within paragraph (a) (a “direct payment”), in accordance with subsections (7) and (8).

5 If at any time on or after 1 April 2017 the company receives income for use for charitable purposes which are purposes for facilitating participation in amateur eligible sport, a deduction is allowed only if, and in so far as, the payment exceeds an amount which is equal to the amount of that income which—

a the company does not have to bring into account for corporation tax purposes, and

b has not previously been taken into account under this subsection to disallow a deduction under this Part of all or any part of a payment.

See section 217B(3) for the meaning of terms used in this subsection.

6 But in any case, the amount of the deduction is limited to the amount that reduces the company's taxable total profits for the accounting period to nil.

7 If the total of all the direct payments made by the company in the accounting period is equal to or less than the maximum deduction for direct payments, a deduction is allowed under subsection (4)(b) in respect of that total.

8 If the total of all the direct payments made by the company in the accounting period is more than the maximum deduction for direct payments, a deduction is allowed under subsection (4)(b) in respect of so much of that total as does not exceed the maximum deduction for direct payments.

9 The maximum deduction for direct payments is £2,500 or, if the accounting period is shorter than 12 months, a proportionately reduced amount.

10 The Treasury may by regulations amend subsection (9) by substituting a higher amount for the amount for the time being specified there.

217B Meaning of qualifying expenditure on grassroots sport

1 For the purposes of this Part, a payment is qualifying expenditure on grassroots sport if—

a it is expenditure incurred for charitable purposes which are purposes for facilitating participation in amateur eligible sport, and

b apart from this Part, no deduction from total profits, or in calculating any component of total profits, would be allowed in respect of the payment.

For the meaning of charitable purposes, see sections 2, 7 and 8 of the Charities Act 2011.

2 Where expenditure is incurred for both—

a charitable purposes which are purposes for facilitating participation in amateur eligible sport, and

b other purposes,

then, for the purposes of subsection (1), it is to be apportioned between the purposes in paragraph (a) and the purposes in paragraph (b) on a just and reasonable basis.

3 For the purposes of section 217A(5) and subsection (1)(a)—

a paying a person to play or take part in a sport does not facilitate participation in amateur sport, but paying coaches or officials for their services may do so, and

b “eligible sport” means a sport that for the time being is an eligible sport for the purposes of Chapter 9 of Part 13 (see section 661).

217C Meaning of qualifying sport body

1 For the purposes of this Part, a “qualifying sport body” is—

a a recognised sport governing body;

b a body which is wholly owned by a recognised sport governing body.

2 A “recognised sport governing body” is a body which is included from time to time in a list, maintained by the National Sports Councils, of governing bodies of sport recognised by them.

3 The Treasury may by regulations—

a amend this section for the purpose of altering the meaning of “qualifying sport body”;

b designate bodies to be treated as qualifying sport bodies for the purposes of this Part.

4 Regulations under section (3)(b) may designate a body by reference to its inclusion in a class or description of bodies.

5 In this section “the National Sports Councils” means—

a the United Kingdom Sports Council,

b the English Sports Council,

c the Scottish Sports Council,

d the Sports Council for Wales, and

e the Sports Council for Northern Ireland.

6 Regulations under subsection (3)(b) made before 1 April 2018 may include provision having effect in relation to times before the regulations are made (but not times earlier than 1 April 2017).

217D Relationship between this Part and Part 6

If, but for section 217A, an amount—

a would be deductible under Part 6, or

b would be deductible under Part 6 but for Chapter 2A of Part 6,

the amount is not deductible under this Part, and nothing in this Part affects the amount's deductibility (or non-deductibility) under Part 6.

6 The amendments made by this section have effect for the purpose of allowing deductions for payments made on or after 1 April 2017.

7 Where a company has an accounting period beginning before 1 April 2017 and ending on or after that date, the accounting period for the purposes of the new section 217A(9) is so much of the accounting period as falls on or after 1 April 2017.

23 Profits from the exploitation of patents: cost-sharing arrangements¶

1 Part 8A of CTA 2010 (profits from the exploitation of patents) is amended as follows.

2 After section 357BLE insert—

357BLEA Cases where the company is a party to a CSA

1 Subsection (2) applies if during the relevant period—

a the company is a party to a cost-sharing arrangement (see section 357GC),

b the company incurs expenditure in making payments under the arrangement that are within section 357BLC(2) by reason of section 357GCZC, and

c persons who are not connected with the company make payments under the arrangement to the company in respect of relevant research and development undertaken or contracted out by the company.

2 So much of the expenditure referred to in paragraph (b) of subsection (1) as is equal to the amount of the payments referred to in paragraph (c) of that subsection is to be disregarded in determining the R&D fraction for the sub-stream.

3 Subsection (4) applies if during the relevant period—

a the company is a party to a cost-sharing arrangement,

b the company incurs expenditure in making payments under the arrangement that are within subsection (5), and

c the company receives payments under the arrangement that are within subsection (6).

4 So much of the expenditure referred to in paragraph (b) of subsection (3) as is equal to the amount of the payments referred to in paragraph (c) of that subsection is to be disregarded in determining the R&D fraction for the sub-stream.

5 A payment is within this subsection if—

a it is within section 357BLD(2) by reason of section 357GCZC, or

b it is within section 357BLE(2) or (3) by reason of section 357GCZD.

6 A payment is within this subsection if—

a it is made by persons connected with the company in respect of relevant research and development undertaken or contracted out by the company, or

b it is made in respect of an assignment to the company of a relevant qualifying IP right or a grant or transfer to the company of an exclusive licence in respect of such a right.

3 For section 357GC substitute—

357GC Meaning of “cost-sharing arrangement” etc

1 This section applies for the purposes of this Part.

2 A “cost-sharing arrangement” is an arrangement under which—

a each of the parties to the arrangement is required to contribute to the cost of, or undertake activities for the purpose of, creating or developing an item or process,

b each of those parties—

i is entitled to a share of any income attributable to the item or process, or

ii has one or more rights in respect of the item or process, and

c the amount of any income received by each of those parties is proportionate to its participation in the arrangement as described in paragraph (a).

3 “Invention”, in relation to a cost-sharing arrangement, means the item or process that is the subject of the arrangement (or any item or process incorporated within it).

357GCZA Qualifying IP right held by another party to CSA

1 This section applies if—

a a company is a party to a cost-sharing arrangement,

b another party to the arrangement (“P”) holds a qualifying IP right granted in respect of the invention, and

c the company does not hold an exclusive licence in respect of the right.

2 But this section does not apply if the arrangement produces for the company a return within section 357BG(1)(c).

3 The company is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as if it held the right.

4 The right is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as a new qualifying IP right in relation to the company if—

a the company or P (or both) became a party to the arrangement on or after 1 April 2017, or

b the right is a new qualifying IP right in relation to P (or would be if P was a company).

5 Subsection (4) does not apply if—

a the company held an exclusive licence in respect of the right immediately before it became a party to the arrangement, and

b that licence was granted to the company before the relevant date.

6 The right is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as an old qualifying IP right in relation to the company if it is not to be treated as a new qualifying IP right by reason of subsection (4).

7 Subsections (7) and (8) of section 357BP (meaning of “relevant date”) apply for the purposes of subsection (5) of this section as they apply for the purposes of subsection (6) of that section.

357GCZB Exclusive licence held by another party to CSA

1 This section applies if—

a a company is a party to a cost-sharing arrangement,

b another party to the arrangement (“P”) holds an exclusive licence in respect of a qualifying IP right granted in respect of the invention, and

c the company does not hold the right or another exclusive licence in respect of it.

2 But this section does not apply if the arrangement produces for the company a return within section 357BG(1)(c).

3 The company is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as if it held an exclusive licence in respect of the right.

4 The right is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as a new qualifying IP right in relation to the company if—

a the company or P (or both) became a party to the arrangement on or after 1 April 2017, or

b the right is a new qualifying IP right in relation to P (or would be if P was a company).

5 Subsection (4) does not apply if—

a the company held the right immediately before it became a party to the arrangement, and

b either—

i the right had been granted or issued to the company in response to an application filed before 1 July 2016, or

ii the right had been assigned to the company before the relevant date.

6 Subsection (4) also does not apply if—

a the company held an exclusive licence in respect of the right immediately before it became a party to the arrangement, and

b that licence was granted to the company before the relevant date.

7 The right is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as an old qualifying IP right in relation to the company if it is not to be treated as a new qualifying IP right by reason of subsection (4).

8 Subsections (7) and (8) of section 357BP (meaning of “relevant date”) apply for the purposes of subsections (5) and (6) of this section as they apply for the purposes of subsections (5) and (6) of that section.

357GCZC R&D undertaken or contracted out by another party to CSA

1 Subsection (2) applies if—

a a company is a party to a cost-sharing arrangement, and

b another party to the arrangement (“P”) undertakes research and development for the purpose of creating or developing the invention.

2 The research and development is to be treated for the purposes of sections 357BLC and 357BLD as having been contracted out by the company to P.

3 Subsection (4) applies if—

a a company is a party to a cost-sharing arrangement,

b another party to the arrangement (“P”) contracts out to another person (“A”) research and development for the purpose of creating or developing the invention, and

c the company makes a payment under the arrangement in respect of that research and development (whether to P or to A).

4 For the purposes of sections 357BLC and 357BLD—

a the company is to be treated as having contracted out to P research and development which is the same as that contracted out by P to A, and

b the payment mentioned in subsection (3)(c) is to be treated as if it were a payment made to P in respect of the research and development the company is treated as having contracted out to P.

5 In this section “research and development” has the meaning given by section 1138.

357GCZD Acquisition of qualifying IP rights etc by another party to CSA

1 Subsection (2) applies if—

a a company is a party to a cost-sharing arrangement,

b a person (“A”) assigns to another party to the arrangement (“P”) a qualifying IP right,

c the qualifying IP right is a right in respect of the invention, and

d the company makes under the arrangement a payment in respect of the assignment (whether to A or to P).

2 The payment is to be treated for the purposes of section 357BLE as if it were a payment to A in respect of the assignment by A to the company of the right.

3 Subsection (4) applies if—

a a company is a party to a cost-sharing arrangement,

b a person (“A”) grants or transfers to another party to the arrangement (“P”) an exclusive licence in respect of qualifying IP right,

c the qualifying IP right is a right granted in respect of the invention, and

d the company makes a payment under the arrangement in respect of the grant or transfer (whether to A or to P).

4 The payment is to be treated for the purposes of section 357BLE as if it were a payment to A in respect of the grant or transfer by A to the company of the licence.

357GCZE Treatment of expenditure in connection with formation of CSA etc

1 Where—

a a company makes a payment to a person (“P”) in consideration of that person entering into a cost-sharing arrangement with the company, and

b P holds a qualifying IP right granted in respect of the invention or holds an exclusive licence in respect of such a right,

a just and reasonable amount of the payment is to be treated for the purposes of section 357BLE as if it was an amount paid in respect of the assignment to the company of the right or (as the case may be) the transfer to the company of the licence.

2 Where—

a a company makes a payment to a party to a cost-sharing arrangement (“P”) in consideration of P agreeing to the company becoming a party to the arrangement (whether in place of P or in addition to P), and

b any party to the arrangement holds a qualifying IP right in respect of the invention or holds an exclusive licence in respect of such a right,

3 Where—

a a company that is a party to a cost-sharing arrangement makes a payment to another party to the arrangement in consideration of that party agreeing to the company becoming entitled to a greater share of the income attributable to the invention or acquiring additional rights in relation to the invention, and

b any party to the arrangement holds a qualifying IP right in respect of the invention or holds an exclusive licence in respect of such a right,

357GCZF Treatment of income in connection with formation of CSA etc

1 Where—

a a company receives a payment in consideration of its entering into a cost-sharing arrangement, and

b the company holds a qualifying IP right granted in respect of the invention or holds an exclusive licence in respect of such a right,

a just and reasonable amount of the payment is to be treated as relevant IP income of the company.

2 Where—

a a company that is a party to a cost-sharing arrangement receives a payment from a person in consideration of its agreeing to that person becoming a party to the arrangement (whether in place of the company or in addition to it), and

b any party to the arrangement holds a qualifying IP right in respect of the invention or holds an exclusive licence in respect of such a right,

a just and reasonable amount of the payment is to be treated as relevant IP income of the company.

3 Where—

a a company that is a party to a cost-sharing arrangement receives a payment from another party to the arrangement in consideration of its agreeing to that party becoming entitled to a greater share of the income attributable to the invention or acquiring additional rights in relation to the invention, and

b any party to the arrangement holds a qualifying IP right in respect of the invention or holds an exclusive licence in respect of such a right,

a just and reasonable amount of the payment is to be treated as relevant IP income of the company.

4 In section 357BP (meaning of “new qualifying IP right”) after subsection (12) insert—

5 The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2017.

24 Hybrid and other mismatches¶

1 Part 6A of TIOPA 2010 (hybrid and other mismatches) is amended as follows.

2 In section 259B(3) (local taxes), for “is not outside the scope of subsection (2) by reason only that” substitute “ is outside the scope of subsection (2) if ”.

3 In section 259CC(2) (hybrid and other mismatches from financial instruments: meaning of “permitted” taxable period of a payee), for paragraph (b) substitute—

4 In section 259DD(2) (hybrid transfer deduction/non-inclusion mismatches: meaning of “permitted” taxable period of a payee), for paragraph (b) substitute—

5 In section 259EB (hybrid payer deduction/non-inclusion mismatches and their extent), after subsection (1) insert—

6 In section 259FA (deduction/non-inclusion mismatches relating to transfers by permanent establishments), after subsection (4) insert—

7 In section 259GB (hybrid payee deduction/non-inclusion mismatches and their extent), after subsection (1) insert—

8 In section 259HB (multinational payee deduction/non-inclusion mismatches and their extent), after subsection (1) insert—

9 In section 259KB (imported mismatches: meaning of “excessive PE deduction” etc), after subsection (3) insert—

10 The amendment made by subsection (2)—

a has effect, in the case of its application to Chapter 6 of Part 6A of TIOPA 2010, in relation to excessive PE deductions in relation to which the relevant PE period begins on or after 13 July 2017,

b has effect, in the case of its application to Chapter 9 or 10 of that Part, in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after that date, and

c has effect, in the case of its application to any other Chapter of that Part, in relation to—

i payments made on or after date, or

ii quasi-payments in relation to which the payment period begins on or after that date.

11 For the purposes of subsection (10)(a), (b) and (c)(ii), where there is a straddling period—

a so much of the straddling period as falls before 13 July 2017, and so much of it as falls on or after that date, are to be treated as separate accounting periods or separate taxable periods (as the case may be), and

b if it is necessary to apportion an amount for the straddling period to the two separate periods, it is to be apportioned—

i on a time basis according to the respective length of the separate periods, or

ii if that would produce a result that is unjust or unreasonable, on a just and reasonable basis.

12 A “straddling period” means an accounting period or payment period (as the case may be) beginning before 13 July 2017 and ending on or after that date.

13 Part 6A of TIOPA 2010 has effect, and is to be deemed always to have had effect, with the amendments set out in subsections (3) to (9).

25 Trading profits taxable at the Northern Ireland rate¶

Schedule 7 contains—

a amendments of Part 8B of CTA 2010 (trading profits taxable at the Northern Ireland rate), and

b amendments consequential on or related to those amendments.

Chargeable gains¶

26 Elections in relation to assets appropriated to trading stock¶

1 Section 161 of TCGA 1992 (appropriations to and from trading stock) is amended as follows.

2 In subsection (3)—

a for “a person's appropriation of an asset for the purposes of a trade” substitute “ a case where a chargeable gain would have accrued to a person on the appropriation of an asset for the purposes of a trade as mentioned in that subsection ”, and

b for “the chargeable gain or increased by the amount of the allowable loss referred to in subsection (1), and where that subsection” substitute “ that chargeable gain, and where subsection (1) ”.

3 In subsection (3ZB)—

a in paragraph (a)—

i omit “or loss”, and

ii omit “or an allowable loss”,

b in paragraph (b)—

i omit “, or increased by the amount of any loss,” and

ii omit “or allowable loss”, and

c in paragraph (c), at the end insert “ and a loss which accrues on that disposal which is not ATED-related is also unaffected by the election ”.

4 The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to appropriations of assets made on or after 8 March 2017.

27 Substantial shareholding exemption¶

1 Schedule 7AC to TCGA 1992 (exemptions for disposals by companies with substantial shareholding) is amended as follows.

2 Omit the following (which relate to requirements to be met by investing company)—

a in paragraph 1(2), “the investing company and”;

b in paragraph 3—

i in sub-paragraph (2)(b), “(but see sub-paragraph (3) below)”;

ii sub-paragraph (3);

iii in sub-paragraph (4), “of paragraph 18(1)(b) and”;

c in the heading to Part 3, “investing company and”;

d paragraph 18 and the preceding italic heading;

e in paragraph 23(3), “a member of a trading group or”.

3 In paragraph 7 (substantial shareholding requirement), for “two” substitute “ six ”.

4 In paragraph 10 (effect of earlier no-gain/no-loss transfer), in sub-paragraph (2)(b), after “but for” insert “ subsection (1A) or ”.

5 In paragraph 19 (requirements relating to company invested in)—

a in sub-paragraph (1)(b), at the beginning insert “ in a case where sub-paragraph 1A) applies, ”;

b after sub-paragraph (1) insert—

;

c at the end insert—

6 The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to disposals made on or after 1 April 2017.

28 Substantial shareholding exemption: institutional investors¶

1 Schedule 7AC to TCGA 1992 (exemptions for disposals by companies with substantial shareholding) is amended as follows.

2 After paragraph 3 insert—

Subsidiary exemption: qualifying institutional investors

1 This paragraph applies in relation to a gain or loss accruing to a company (“the investing company”) on a disposal of shares or an interest in shares in another company (“the company invested in”).

2 This paragraph applies if—

a the requirement in paragraph 7 is met (substantial shareholder requirement),

b the requirement in paragraph 19 is not met (requirement relating to company invested in), and

c the investing company is not a disqualified listed company.

3 If, immediately before the disposal, 80% or more of the ordinary share capital of the investing company is owned by qualifying institutional investors, no chargeable gain or loss accrues on the disposal.

4 If, immediately before the disposal, at least 25% but less than 80% of the ordinary share capital of the investing company is owned by qualifying institutional investors, the amount of the chargeable gain or loss accruing on the disposal is reduced by the percentage of the ordinary share capital of the investing company which is owned by the qualifying institutional investors.

5 A company is a “disqualified listed company” for the purposes of this Part of this Schedule if—

a any of the shares forming part of the ordinary share capital of the company are listed on a recognised stock exchange,

b the company is not a qualifying institutional investor, and

c the company is not a qualifying UK REIT

6 In sub-paragraph (5)(c) “qualifying UK REIT” means a UK REIT within the meaning of Part 12 of CTA 2010 which—

a meets the condition in section 528(4)(b) of that Act (company not a close company by virtue of having an institutional investor as a participant), or

b by virtue of section 443 of that Act (companies controlled by or on behalf of Crown) is not treated as a close company.

1 This paragraph applies for the purposes of paragraph 3A.

2 A person “owns” ordinary share capital if the person owns it—

a directly,

b indirectly, or

c partly directly and partly indirectly.

3 Sections 1155 to 1157 of CTA 2010 (meaning of “indirect ownership” and calculation of amounts owned indirectly) apply for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2).

4 For the purposes of sections 1155 to 1157 of CTA 2010 as applied by sub-paragraph (3)—

a ordinary share capital may not be owned through a disqualified listed company;

b treat references to a body corporate as including an exempt unauthorised unit trust (and references to ordinary share capital, in the case of such a trust, as references to units in the trust).

5 A person is also to be regarded as owning ordinary share capital in a company in circumstances where a person would, under paragraphs 12 and 13 of this Schedule, be regarded as holding shares in a company.

6 Where the assets of a partnership include ordinary share capital of a company, each partner is to be regarded as owning a proportion of that share capital equal to the partner's proportionate interest in that ordinary share capital.

7 In this Schedule “exempt unauthorised unit trust” has the same meaning as in the Unauthorised Unit Trusts (Tax) Regulations 2013 (SI 2013/2819).

3 After paragraph 8 insert—

8A

1 This paragraph applies in a case where at least 25% of the ordinary share capital of the investing company is owned by qualifying institutional investors.

2 The investing company also holds a “substantial shareholding” in the company invested in for the purposes of this Schedule if—

a the investing company holds ordinary shares, or interests in ordinary shares, in the company invested in the cost of which on acquisition was at least £20,000,000, and

b by virtue of those shares or interests or any other shares or interests in shares in the company invested in, the investing company—

i is beneficially entitled to not less than a proportionate percentage of the profits available for distribution to equity holders of the company invested in, and

ii would be beneficially entitled on a winding up to not less than a proportionate percentage of the assets of the company invested in available for distribution to equity holders.

3 In sub-paragraph (2)—

“cost” means the amount or value of the consideration, in money or money's worth, given by the investing company or on its behalf wholly and exclusively for the acquisition of the ordinary shares or interests in ordinary shares, together with the incidental costs to it of the acquisition;
“proportionate percentage” means a percentage equal to the percentage of the ordinary share capital held by the investing company by virtue of the ordinary shares and interests in ordinary shares referred to in sub-paragraph (2)(a).

4 For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(a) it does not matter whether there was a single acquisition or a series of acquisitions.

5 If—

a the percentage (“the actual percentage”) of the profits or assets to which the investing company is, or would be, beneficially entitled as mentioned in sub-paragraph (2)(b)(i) or (ii) is less than the proportionate percentage, but

b having regard to the proportion that the actual percentage bears to the proportionate percentage, the difference can reasonably be regarded as insignificant,

the investing company is treated as meeting the condition in sub-paragraph (2)(b)(i) or (ii) (as the case may be).

6 Paragraph 3B (owning ordinary share capital) applies for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1).

7 Paragraph 8(2) applies for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2).

8 In this paragraph “ordinary shares” means shares in the ordinary share capital of the company invested in.

4 In paragraph 9 (aggregation), in sub-paragraph (1), for “paragraph 7” substitute “ paragraphs 7 and 8A(2) ”.

5 After paragraph 30 insert—

30A Meaning of “qualifying institutional investor”

1 In this Schedule “qualifying institutional investor” means a person falling within any of A to G below.

0 Pension schemesThe trustee or manager of—

a a registered pension scheme, other than an investment-regulated pension scheme, or

b an overseas pension scheme, other than one which would be an investment-regulated pension scheme if it were a registered pension scheme.

“Investment-regulated pension scheme” has the same meaning as in Part 1 of Schedule 29A to the Finance Act 2004.“Overseas pension scheme” has the same meaning as in Part 4 of that Act.

0 Life assurance businessesA company carrying on life assurance business, if immediately before the disposal its interest in the investing company is held as part of its long-term business fixed capital.“Life assurance business” has the meaning given in section 56 of the Finance Act 2012.Section 137 of that Act applies for the purposes of determining whether an interest forms part of the long-term business fixed capital of a company.

0 Sovereign wealth funds etcA person who cannot be liable for corporation tax or income tax (as relevant) on the ground of sovereign immunity.

0 CharitiesA charity.

0 Investment trustsAn investment trust.

0 Authorised investment fundsAn authorised investment fund which meets the genuine diversity of ownership condition throughout the accounting period of the fund in which the disposal is made.“Authorised investment fund” has the same meaning as in the Authorised Investment Funds (Tax) Regulations 2006 (SI 2006/964).Regulation 9A of the Authorised Investment Funds (Tax) Regulations 2006 (genuine diversity of ownership) applies for this purpose.

0 Exempt unauthorised unit trustsThe trustees of an exempt unauthorised unit trust, where the trust meets the genuine diversity of ownership condition throughout the accounting period of the trust in which the disposal is made.Regulation 9A of the Authorised Investment Funds (Tax) Regulations 2006 (genuine diversity of ownership) applies for this purpose (treating references to an authorised investment fund as including an exempt unauthorised unit trust).

2 The Treasury may by regulations amend this Schedule so as to add or remove a person as a “qualifying institutional investor” (and may in particular do so by changing the conditions subject to which a person is a qualifying institutional investor).

6 In paragraph 31 (index), at the appropriate places insert—

7 The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to disposals made on or after 1 April 2017.

Domicile, overseas property etc¶

29 Deemed domicile: income tax and capital gains tax¶

1 In Chapter 2A of Part 14 of ITA 2007 (income tax liability: domicile), after section 835B insert—

835BA Deemed domicile

1 This section has effect for the purposes of the provisions of the Income Tax Acts or TCGA 1992 which apply this section.

2 An individual not domiciled in the United Kingdom at a time in a tax year (“the relevant tax year”) is to be regarded as domiciled in the United Kingdom at that time if—

a condition A is met, or

b condition B is met.

3 Condition A is that—

a the individual was born in the United Kingdom,

b the individual's domicile of origin was in the United Kingdom, and

c the individual is UK resident for the relevant tax year.

4 Condition B is that the individual has been UK resident for at least 15 of the 20 tax years immediately preceding the relevant tax year.

5 But Condition B is not met if—

a the individual is not UK resident for the relevant tax year, and

b there is no tax year beginning after 5 April 2017 and preceding the relevant tax year in which the individual was UK resident.

2 Schedule 8 contains—

a provision applying section 835BA of ITA 2007, and

b further provision relating to this section.

30 Deemed domicile: inheritance tax¶

1 In section 267 of IHTA 1984 (persons treated as domiciled in the United Kingdom), in subsection (1)—

a in paragraph (a), omit the final “or”;

b after that paragraph insert—

;

c for paragraph (b) substitute—

2 In that section, omit subsection (3).

3 In that section, in subsection (4), for “in any year of assessment” substitute “ for any tax year ”.

4 In section 48 of that Act (settlements: excluded property)—

a in subsection (3)(b), for “and (3D)” substitute “ to (3E) ”;

b in subsection (3A)(b), for “subsection (3B)” substitute “ subsections (3B) and (3E) ”;

c after subsection (3D) insert—

5 In section 64 of that Act (charge at ten-year anniversary), in subsection (1B), after “was made” insert “ and is not a formerly domiciled resident for the tax year in which the ten-year anniversary falls ”.

6 In section 65 of that Act (charge at other times), after subsection (7A) insert—

7 In section 82 of that Act (excluded property)—

a for subsection (1) substitute—

;

b in subsection (2), for “the condition in subsection (3) below” substitute “ Condition A ”;

c in subsection (3), for “The condition” substitute “ Condition A ”;

d after subsection (3) insert—

8 In section 272 of that Act (interpretation)—

a for the definition of “foreign-owned” substitute—

;

b at the appropriate place insert—

9 The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to times after 5 April 2017, subject to subsections (10) to (12).

10 The amendment to section 267(1) of IHTA 1984 made by subsection (1)(c) does not have effect in relation to a person if—

a the person is not resident in the United Kingdom for the relevant tax year, and

b there is no tax year beginning after 5 April 2017 and preceding the relevant tax year in which the person was resident in the United Kingdom.

In this subsection “relevant tax year” is to be construed in accordance with section 267(1) of IHTA 1984 as amended by subsection (1).

11 The amendment to section 267(1) of IHTA 1984 made by subsection (1)(c) also does not have effect in determining—

a whether settled property which became comprised in the settlement on or before that date is excluded property for the purposes of IHTA 1984;

b the settlor's domicile for the purposes of section 65(8) of that Act in relation to settled property which became comprised in the settlement on or before that date;

c whether, for the purpose of section 65(8) of that Act, the condition in section 82(3) of that Act is satisfied in relation to such settled property.

12 Despite subsection (2), section 267(1) of IHTA 1984, as originally enacted, shall continue to be disregarded in determining—

a whether settled property which became comprised in the settlement on or before 9 December 1974 is excluded property for the purposes of IHTA 1984;

b the settlor's domicile for the purposes of section 65(8) of that Act in relation to settled property which became comprised in the settlement on or before that date;

c whether, for the purpose of section 65(8) of that Act, the condition in section 82(3) of that Act is satisfied in relation to such settled property.

13 Subsections (14) and (15) apply if an amount of inheritance tax—

a would not be charged but for the amendments made by this section, or

b is, because of those amendments, greater than it would otherwise have been.

14 Section 233 of IHTA 1984 (interest on unpaid inheritance tax) applies in relation to the amount of inheritance tax as if the reference, in the closing words of subsection (1) of that section, to the end of the period mentioned in paragraph (a), (aa), (b) or (c) of that subsection were a reference to—

a the end of that period, or

b if later, the end of the month immediately following the month in which this Act is passed.

15 Subsection (1) of section 234 of IHTA 1984 (cases where inheritance tax payable by instalments carries interest only from instalment dates) applies in relation to the amount of inheritance tax as if the reference, in the closing words of that subsection, to the date at which an instalment is payable were a reference to—

a the date at which the instalment is payable, or

b if later, the end of the month immediately following the month in which this Act is passed.

16 Subsection (17) applies if—

a a person is liable as mentioned in section 216(1)(c) of IHTA 1984 (trustee liable on 10-year anniversary, and other trust cases) for an amount of inheritance tax charged on an occasion, and

b but for the amendments made by this section—

i no inheritance tax would be charged on that occasion, or

ii a lesser amount of inheritance tax would be charged on that occasion.

17 Section 216(6)(ad) of IHTA 1984 (delivery date for accounts required by section 216(1)(c)) applies in relation to the account to be delivered in connection with the occasion as if the reference to the expiration of the period of 6 months from the end of the month in which the occasion occurs were a reference to—

a the expiration of that period, or

b if later, the end of the month immediately following the month in which this Act is passed.

31 Settlements and transfer of assets abroad: value of benefits¶

Schedule 9 makes provision about the value of benefits received in relation to settlements and the transfer of assets abroad.

32 Exemption from attribution of carried interest gains¶

1 TCGA 1992 is amended as follows.

2 In section 13(1A) (attribution of gains to members of non-resident companies)—

a omit the “or” at the end of paragraph (a), and

b at the end of paragraph (b), insert

3 In section 86 (attribution of gains to settlors with interest in non-resident or dual resident settlements), after subsection (4ZA) insert—

4 In section 87 (non-UK resident settlements: attribution of gains to beneficiaries), after subsection (5A) insert—

5 The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to chargeable gains treated as accruing under section 103KA(2) or (3) of TCGA 1992 at any time before, as well as after, the passing of this Act.

33 Inheritance tax on overseas property representing UK residential property¶

Schedule 10 makes provision about the extent to which overseas property is excluded property for the purposes of inheritance tax, in cases where the value of the overseas property is attributable to residential property in the United Kingdom.

Disguised remuneration¶

34 Employment income provided through third parties¶

1 In section 554XA of ITEPA 2003 (employment income provided through third parties: exclusion for payments in respect of a tax liability), in subsection (2), omit paragraphs (a) and (b).

2 The amendment made by subsection (1) has effect in relation to relevant steps taken on or after 21 July 2017.

3 Schedule 11 makes provision about the application of Part 7A of ITEPA 2003 in relation to loans and quasi-loans that are outstanding on 5 April 2019.

35 Trading income provided through third parties¶

1 ITTOIA 2005 is amended as follows.

2 After section 23 insert—

Trading income provided through third parties

23A Application of section 23E: conditions

1 Section 23E (tax treatment of relevant benefits) applies if Conditions A to E are met.

2 Condition A is that a person (“T”) is or has been carrying on a trade (the “relevant trade”) alone or in partnership.

3 Condition B is that—

a there is an arrangement (“the arrangement”) in connection with the relevant trade to which T is a party or which otherwise (wholly or partly) covers or relates to T, and

b it is reasonable to suppose that, in essence—

i the arrangement, or

ii the arrangement so far as it covers or relates to T,

is (wholly or partly) a means of providing, or is otherwise concerned with the provision of, relevant benefits.

4 Condition C is that—

a a relevant benefit arises to T, or a person who is or has been connected with T, in pursuance of the arrangement, or

b a relevant benefit arises to any other person in pursuance of the arrangement and any of the enjoyment conditions (see section 23F) is met in relation to the relevant benefit.

5 Condition D is that it is reasonable to suppose that the relevant benefit (directly or indirectly) represents, or has arisen or derives from, or is otherwise connected with, the whole or part of a qualifying third party payment.

6 Condition E is that it is reasonable to suppose that a tax advantage would be obtained by T, or a person who is or has been connected with T, as a result of the arrangement.

7 For the purposes of subsection (3) in particular, all relevant circumstances are to be taken into account in order to get to the essence of the matter.

8 In this section and sections 23B to 23H, “this group of sections” means this section and those sections.

9 The provisions of this group of sections apply to professions and vocations as they apply to trades.

10 See Schedule 12 to F(No.2)A 2017 for provision about the application of this group of sections in relation to loans and quasi-loans that are outstanding on 5 April 2019.

23B Meaning of “relevant benefit”

1 The following provisions apply for the purposes of this group of sections.

2 “Relevant benefit” means any payment (including a payment by way of a loan), a transfer of money's worth, or any other benefit.

3 The assumption of a liability of T by another person is to be treated as the provision of a relevant benefit to T.

4 The assumption, by a person other than T, of a liability of a person (“C”) who is or has been connected with T, is to be treated as the provision of a relevant benefit to C.

5 “Loan” includes—

a any form of credit;

b a payment that is purported to be made by way of a loan.

23C Meaning of “qualifying third party payment”

1 The following provisions apply for the purposes of this group of sections.

2 A payment is a “third party payment” if it is made (by T or another person) to—

a T acting as trustee, or

b any person other than T.

3 A third party payment is a “qualifying third party payment” if the deduction condition or the trade connection condition is met in relation to the payment.

4 The “deduction condition” is met in relation to a payment if—

a a deduction for the payment is made in calculating the profits of the relevant trade, or

b where the relevant trade is or has been carried on in partnership, a deduction for the payment is made in calculating the amount on which T is liable to income tax in respect of the profits of the trade.

5 The “trade connection condition” is met in relation to a payment if it is reasonable to suppose that in essence—

a the payment is by way of consideration for goods or services provided in the course of the relevant trade, or

b there is some other connection (direct or indirect) between the payment and the provision of goods or services in the course of the relevant trade.

6 For the purposes of subsection (5) in particular, all relevant circumstances are to be taken into account in order to get to the essence of the matter.

23D Other definitions

1 The following provisions apply for the purposes of this group of sections.

2 “Arrangement” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, settlement, trust, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable).

3 A “tax advantage” includes—

a relief or increased relief from tax,

b repayment or increased repayment of tax,

c avoidance or reduction of a charge to tax or an assessment to tax,

d avoidance of a possible assessment to tax,

e deferral of a payment of tax or advancement of a repayment of tax, and

f avoidance of an obligation to deduct or account for tax.

4 Section 993 of ITA 2007 (meaning of “connected” persons) applies for the purposes of this group of sections as if subsection (4) of that section 993 were omitted.

23E Tax treatment of relevant benefits

1 Where this section applies (see section 23A), the relevant benefit amount is to be treated for income tax purposes as profits of the relevant trade for—

a the tax year in which the relevant benefit arises, or

b if T has ceased to carry on the relevant trade in a tax year (the “earlier tax year”) before the tax year referred to in paragraph (a), the earlier tax year.

2 For the purposes of this section, “the relevant benefit amount” means—

a if the relevant benefit is a payment otherwise than by way of a loan, an amount equal to the amount of the payment,

b if the relevant benefit is a payment by way of loan, an amount equal to the principal amount lent, or

c in any other case, an amount equal to the value of the relevant benefit.

3 For the purposes of subsection (2)(c), the value of a relevant benefit is—

a its market value at the time it arises, or

b if higher, the cost of providing it.

4 In subsection (3) “market value” has the same meaning as it has for the purposes of TCGA 1992 by virtue of Part 8 of that Act.

23F Relevant benefits: persons other than T

1 For the purposes of section 23A(4), the enjoyment conditions are—

a that the relevant benefit, or part of it, is in fact so dealt with by any person as to be calculated at some time to enure for the benefit of T;

b that the arising of the relevant benefit operates to increase the value to T of any assets—

i which T holds, or

ii which are held for the benefit of T;

c that T receives, or is entitled to receive, at any time any benefit provided or to be provided out of, or deriving or to be derived from, the relevant benefit (or part of it);

d where the relevant benefit is the payment of a sum of money (including a payment by way of loan), that T may become entitled to the beneficial enjoyment of the sum or part of the sum if one or more powers are exercised or successively exercised (and for these purposes it does not matter who may exercise the powers or whether they are exercisable with or without the consent of another person);

e where the relevant benefit is the payment of a sum of money (including a payment by way of loan), that T is able in any manner to control directly or indirectly the application of the sum or part of the sum.

2 Where an enjoyment condition is met in relation to part only of a relevant benefit, that part is to be treated as a separate benefit for the purposes of section 23A(4).

3 In subsection (1) references to T include references to a person who is or has been connected with T.

4 In determining whether any of the enjoyment conditions is met in relation to a relevant benefit, regard must be had to the substantial result and effect of all the relevant circumstances.

23G Anti-avoidance

1 In determining whether section 23E applies in relation to a relevant benefit, no regard is to be had to any arrangements the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to secure that section 23E does not apply in relation to the whole, or any part, of—

a the relevant benefit, or

b the relevant benefit and one or more other relevant benefits (whether or not all arising to the same person).

2 Where arrangements are disregarded under subsection (1), and a relevant benefit (or part of it)—

a would, if the arrangements were not disregarded, arise before 6 April 2017, but

b would, when the arrangements are disregarded, arise on or after that date,

the relevant benefit (or part) is to be regarded for the purposes of this group of sections as arising on the date on which it would arise apart from the arrangements.

23H Double taxation

1 This section applies where—

a income tax is charged on an individual by virtue of the application of section 23E in relation to a relevant benefit amount, and

b at any time, a tax (whether income tax or another tax) is charged on the individual or another person otherwise than by virtue of the application of section 23E in relation to the relevant benefit concerned.

2 In order to avoid a double charge to tax, the individual may make a claim for one or more consequential adjustments to be made in respect of the tax charged as mentioned in subsection (1)(b).

3 On a claim under this section an officer of Revenue and Customs must make such of the consequential adjustments claimed (if any) as are just and reasonable.

4 The value of any consequential adjustments must not exceed the lesser of—

a the income tax charged on the individual as mentioned in subsection (1)(a), and

b the tax charged as mentioned in subsection (1)(b).

5 Consequential adjustments may be made—

a in respect of any period,

b by way of an assessment, the modification of an assessment, the amendment of a claim, or otherwise, and

c despite any time limit imposed by or under any enactment.

3 In section 7(2) (income charged: profits of a tax year) at the end insert “(including amounts treated as profits of the tax year under section 23E(1)).

4 The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to relevant benefits arising on or after 6 April 2017.

5 Schedule 12 contains provision about the application of new sections 23A to 23H of ITTOIA 2005 in relation to loans and quasi-loans that are outstanding on 5 April 2019.

36 Disguised remuneration schemes: restriction of income tax relief¶

1 Section 38 of ITTOIA 2005 (restriction of deductions: employee benefit contributions) is amended in accordance with subsections (2) to (5).

2 After subsection (1) insert—

3 After subsection (2) insert—

4 After subsection (3) insert—

3A Subsection (3) is subject to subsections (1A) and (3B).

3B Where subsection (3C) applies, an amount disallowed under subsection (2) is allowed as a deduction for a subsequent period only so far as it is a qualifying amount.

3C This subsection applies where the provision of qualifying benefits out of, or by way of, the contributions gives rise both to an employment income tax charge and to an NIC charge.

3D An amount in respect of employee benefit contributions is a “qualifying amount” if the relevant tax charges are paid before the end of the relevant period (and are not repaid).

3E For the purposes of subsection (3D)—

a the “relevant tax charges”, in relation to an amount, are the employment income tax charge and the NIC charge arising in respect of benefits which are provided out of, or by way of, that amount, and

b the “relevant period” is the period of 12 months immediately following the end of the period of account for which the deduction for the employee benefit contributions would (apart from this section) be allowable.

3F For the purposes of subsections (3C) and (3E), “employment income tax charge” and “NIC charge” have the meaning given by section 40(7).

5 After subsection (3F) (inserted by subsection (4)) insert—

6 Section 866 of ITTOIA 2005 (employee benefit contributions: non-trades and non-property businesses) is amended in accordance with subsections (7) to (10).

7 After subsection (2) insert—

8 After subsection (3) insert—

9 After subsection (4) insert—

4A Subsection (4) is subject to subsections (2A) and (4B).

4B Where subsection (4C) applies, an amount disallowed under subsection (3) is allowed as a deduction for a subsequent period only so far as it is a qualifying amount.

4C This subsection applies where the provision of qualifying benefits out of, or by way of, the contributions gives rise both to an employment income tax charge and to an NIC charge.

4D An amount in respect of employee benefit contributions is a “qualifying amount” if the relevant tax charges are paid before the end of the relevant period (and are not repaid).

4E For the purposes of subsection (4D)—

4F For the purposes of subsections (4C) and (4E), “employment income tax charge” and “NIC charge” have the meaning given by section 40(7).

10 After subsection (4F) (inserted by subsection (9)) insert—

11 The amendments made by subsections (2) to (4) and (7) to (9) have effect in relation to employee benefit contributions made, or to be made, on or after 6 April 2017.

12 The amendments made by subsections (5) and (10) have effect in relation to remuneration paid on or after 6 April 2017.

37 Disguised remuneration schemes: restriction of corporation tax relief¶

1 Section 1290 of CTA 2009 (restriction of deductions: employee benefit contributions) is amended in accordance with subsections (2) to (5).

2 After subsection (1) insert—

3 After subsection (2) insert—

4 After subsection (3) insert—

3A Subsection (3) is subject to subsections (1A) and (3B).

3B Where subsection (3C) applies, an amount disallowed under subsection (2) is allowed as a deduction for a subsequent period only so far as it is a qualifying amount.

3C This subsection applies where the provision of qualifying benefits out of, or by way of, the contributions gives rise both to an employment income tax charge and to an NIC charge.

3D An amount in respect of employee benefit contributions is a “qualifying amount” if the relevant tax charges are paid before the end of the relevant period (and are not repaid).

3E For the purposes of subsection (3D)—

3F For the purposes of subsections (3C) and (3E), “employment income tax charge” and “NIC charge” have the meaning given by section 1292(7).

5 After subsection (3F) (inserted by subsection (4)) insert—

6 The amendments made by subsections (2) to (4) have effect in relation to employee benefit contributions made, or to be made, on or after 1 April 2017.

7 The amendment made by subsection (5) has effect in relation to remuneration paid on or after 1 April 2017.

Capital allowances¶

38 First-year allowance for expenditure on electric vehicle charging points¶

1 CAA 2001 is amended as follows.

2 In section 39 (first-year qualifying expenditure) after the entry for section 45E insert—

3 After section 45E insert—

45EA Expenditure on plant or machinery for electric vehicle charging point

1 Expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure if—

a it is incurred in the relevant period,

b it is expenditure on plant or machinery for an electric vehicle charging point where the plant or machinery is unused and not second-hand, and

c it is not excluded by section 46 (general exclusions).

2 For the purposes of this section expenditure on plant or machinery for an electric vehicle charging point is expenditure on plant or machinery installed solely for the purpose of charging electric vehicles.

3 The “relevant period” is the period beginning with 23 November 2016 and ending with—

a in the case of expenditure incurred by a person within the charge to corporation tax, 31 March 2019, and

b in the case of expenditure incurred by a person within the charge to income tax, 5 April 2019.

4 The Treasury may by regulations amend subsection (3) so as to extend the relevant period.

5 In this section—

“electric vehicle” means a road vehicle that can be propelled by electrical power (whether or not it can also be propelled by another kind of power);
“electric vehicle charging point” means a facility for charging an electric vehicle.

4 In section 46 (general exclusions), in subsection (1) after the entry for section 45E insert— “ section 45EA (expenditure on plant or machinery for electric vehicle charging point) ”.

5 In section 52 (amount of first-year allowances)—

a in the table in subsection (3), after the entry for expenditure qualifying under section 45E insert—

b after subsection (3) insert—

Transactions in UK land¶

39 Disposals concerned with land in United Kingdom¶

1 The FA 2016 amendments have effect (so far as they would not otherwise have effect) in relation to—

a amounts that are recognised in GAAP accounts drawn up for any period of account beginning on or after 8 March 2017, or

b in the case of a straddling period, amounts that would be recognised in GAAP accounts drawn up for a period of account beginning on 8 March 2017 and ending when the straddling period ends.

2 In subsection (1)—

“the FA 2016 amendments” means—
1. the amendments made by sections 76, 77 and 80 of FA 2016 (corporation tax treatment of certain profits and gains realised from disposals concerned with land in the United Kingdom), or
2. the amendments made by sections 78 and 79 of that Act (corresponding rules for income tax purposes),
“GAAP accounts” means accounts drawn up in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice,
“recognised” means recognised as an item of profit or loss, and
“straddling period” means a period of account beginning before 8 March 2017 and ending on or after that date.

3 In section 161 of TCGA 1992 (appropriations to and from stock), in subsection (5)(a), for “CTA 2010” substitute “ ITA 2007 ”.

4 Section 79(10) of FA 2016 (which substitutes paragraph (a) of section 161(5) of TCGA 1992) is to be regarded as always having had effect with the amendment made by subsection (3).

Co-ownership authorised contractual schemes¶

40 Co-ownership authorised contractual schemes: capital allowances¶

In Part 2 of CAA 2001 (plant and machinery), in Chapter 20 (supplementary provisions), after the Chapter heading insert—

Co-ownership authorised contractual schemes

262AA Co-ownership schemes: carrying on qualifying activity

1 This section applies where the participants in a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme together carry on a qualifying activity.

2 Each participant in the scheme is for the purposes of this Part to be regarded as carrying on the qualifying activity.

3 Subsection (2) applies in relation to a participant only to the extent that the profits or gains arising to the participant from the qualifying activity are, or (if there were any) would be, chargeable to tax.

4 But in determining for the purposes of subsection (1) whether or to what extent the participants in a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme together carry on a qualifying activity, assume that profits or gains arising to all participants from the qualifying activity are, or (if there were any) would be, chargeable to tax.

262AB Co-ownership schemes: election

1 The operator of a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme may make an election under this section.

2 The election must specify an accounting period of the scheme as the first accounting period in relation to which the election has effect.

3 That first accounting period must not—

a be longer than 12 months, or

b begin before 1 April 2017.

4 The election has effect for that first accounting period and all subsequent accounting periods of the scheme.

5 The election is irrevocable.

6 The election is made by notice to an officer of Revenue and Customs.

262AC Co-ownership schemes: calculation of allowance after election

1 This section applies where an election under section 262AB has effect for an accounting period of a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme (“the relevant period”).

2 The operator of the scheme is to calculate the allowances that would be available to the scheme under this Part in relation to the relevant period on the basis of the assumptions in subsection (3).

3 The assumptions are—

a the scheme is a person;

b the relevant period is a chargeable period for the purposes of this Act;

c any qualifying activity carried on by the participants in the scheme together is carried on by the scheme;

d property which was subject to the scheme at the beginning of the first accounting period for which the election has effect—

i ceased to be owned by the participants at that time, and

ii was acquired by the scheme at that time;

e the disposal value to be brought into account in relation to the cessation of ownership and the acquisition referred to in paragraph (d) is the tax written-down value;

f any property which became subject to the scheme at a time during an accounting period for which the election has effect was acquired by the scheme at that time;

g property which ceased to be subject to the scheme at any such time ceased to be owned by the scheme at that time;

h the disposal value to be brought into account in relation to the cessation of ownership referred to in paragraph (g) is the tax written-down value;

i the scheme is not entitled to a first-year allowance or an annual investment allowance in respect of any expenditure.

4 The operator of the co-ownership authorised contractual scheme must allocate to each participant in the scheme a proportion (which may be zero) of the allowances calculated under this section.

5 The allocation is to be on the basis of what is just and reasonable.

6 In determining what is just and reasonable—

a regard is to be had in particular to the relative size of each participant's holding of units in the scheme;

b no regard is to be had to—

i whether or to what extent a participant is liable to income tax or corporation tax, or

ii any other circumstances relating to a participant's liability to tax.

7 If the participants in the scheme together carry on more than one qualifying activity, the calculation and allocation under this section are to be made separately for each activity.

8 The proportion of an allowance allocated by the operator to a participant under this section for a qualifying activity is the total amount of the allowance available to the participant under this Part in relation to the relevant period by virtue of carrying on that activity as a participant in the scheme.

9 In this section “tax written-down value”, in relation to any cessation of ownership or acquisition, means such amount as would give rise to neither a balancing allowance nor a balancing charge.

10 For the purposes of subsection (9) assume that expenditure to which the disposal value relates is in its own pool.

11 For the purposes of subsections (3)(c) and (9), assume that profits or gains arising to all participants from the qualifying activity are, or (if there were any) would be, chargeable to tax.

262AD Co-ownership schemes: effect of election for participants

1 This section has effect where an election under section 262AB is made by the operator of a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme.

2 For the purposes of sections 61(1) and 196(1) (disposal events and values)—

a a participant in the scheme is to be regarded as ceasing to own the participant's interest in the property subject to the scheme at the beginning of the first accounting period of the scheme for which the election has effect, and

b the disposal value to be brought into account in relation to that cessation of ownership is the tax written-down value.

3 In subsection (2)(b) “tax written-down value” means such amount as would give rise to neither a balancing allowance nor a balancing charge.

4 For the purposes of subsection (3) assume that—

a expenditure to which the disposal value relates is in its own pool;

b profits or gains arising to all participants from the qualifying activity are, or (if there were any) would be, chargeable to tax.

262AE Co-ownership schemes: effect of election for purchasers

1 This section has effect where—

a an election under section 262AB is made by the operator of a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme,

b property consisting of a fixture ceased to be subject to the scheme at any time in an accounting period for which the election has effect,

c in a calculation made by the operator of the scheme under section 262AC(2) the assumption in section 262AC(3)(g) was made in relation to that fixture, and

d a person (“the current owner”) is treated as the owner of the fixture as a result of incurring capital expenditure on its provision (“the new expenditure”).

2 In determining the current owner's qualifying expenditure—

a if the disposal value statement requirement is not satisfied, the new expenditure is to be treated as nil, and

b in any other case, any amount of the new expenditure which exceeds the assumed disposal value is to be left out of account (or, if such an amount has already been taken into account, is to be treated as an amount that should never have been taken into account).

3 The disposal value statement requirement is that—

a the operator of the scheme has, no later than 2 years after the date when the fixture ceased to be property subject to the scheme, made a written statement of the assumed disposal value, and

b the current owner has obtained that statement or a copy of it (directly or indirectly) from the operator of the scheme.

4 Sections 185 (fixture on which a plant and machinery allowance has been claimed) and 187A (effect of changes in ownership of fixture) do not apply in relation to the new expenditure.

5 In this section “assumed disposal value” means the disposal value that, in making the calculation referred to in subsection (1)(c), was assumed to be brought into account pursuant to section 262AC(3)(h).

262AF Co-ownership schemes: definitions relating to schemes

In sections 262AA to 262AE and this section—

“co-ownership authorised contractual scheme” means a co-ownership scheme which is authorised for the purposes of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 by an authorisation order in force under section 261D(1) of that Act;
“co-ownership scheme” has the same meaning as in Part 17 of that Act (see section 235A(2) of that Act);
“operator” and “units”, in relation to a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme, have the meanings given by section 237(2) of that Act;
“participant”, in relation to such a scheme, is to be read in accordance with section 235 of that Act.

41 Co-ownership authorised contractual schemes: information requirements¶

1 The Treasury may by regulations impose requirements on the operator of a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme in relation to—

a the provision of information to participants in the scheme;

b the provision of information to Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs.

2 Regulations under subsection (1)(a) may be made only for the purpose of enabling participants in a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme to meet their tax obligations in the United Kingdom with respect to their interests in the scheme.

3 Regulations under subsection (1)(b) may in particular require the provision of information about—

a who the participants in the scheme were in any accounting period of the scheme;

b the number and classes of units in the scheme in any such period;

c the amount of income per unit of any class in any such period;

d what information has been provided to participants.

4 Regulations under this section may specify—

a the time when information is to be provided;

b the form and manner in which information is to be provided.

5 Regulations under this section may make provision for the imposition of penalties in respect of contravention of, or non-compliance with, the regulations, including provision—

a for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs to exercise a discretion as to the amount of a penalty, and

b about appeals in relation to the imposition of a penalty.

6 Regulations under this section may in particular be framed by reference to an accounting period of a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme beginning on or after 1 April 2017.

7 Regulations under this section may contain consequential, supplementary and transitional provision.

8 Regulations under this section must be made by statutory instrument.

9 A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.

10 In this section—

“co-ownership authorised contractual scheme” means a co-ownership scheme which is authorised for the purposes of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 by an authorisation order in force under section 261D(1) of that Act;
“co-ownership scheme” has the same meaning as in Part 17 of that Act (see section 235A(2) of that Act);
“operator” and “units”, in relation to a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme, have the meanings given by section 237(2) of that Act;
“participant”, in relation to such a scheme, is to be read in accordance with section 235 of that Act.

42 Co-ownership authorised contractual schemes: offshore funds¶

1 The Treasury may by regulations make provision about how participants in a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme are to be treated for income tax purposes or corporation tax purposes in relation to investments made for the purposes of the scheme in an offshore fund.

2 Regulations under subsection (1) may, among other things, make provision—

a for the operator of a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme to allocate to participants in the scheme amounts relating to investments made for the purposes of the scheme in an offshore fund;

b for those amounts to be regarded as income of the participants to whom they are allocated;

c as to when that income is to be brought into account for income tax purposes or corporation tax purposes.

3 Regulations under this section may—

a modify an enactment (whenever passed or made);

b contain consequential, supplementary and transitional provision.

4 Regulations under this section must be made by statutory instrument.

5 A statutory instrument containing regulations under this section is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.

6 References in this section to investments made for the purposes of a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme in an offshore fund include investments so made through one or more other co-ownership authorised contractual schemes.

7 In this section—

“co-ownership authorised contractual scheme” means a co-ownership scheme which is authorised for the purposes of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 by an authorisation order in force under section 261D(1) of that Act;
“co-ownership scheme” has the same meaning as in Part 17 of that Act (see section 235A(2) of that Act);
“offshore fund” has the meaning given by section 355 of TIOPA 2010;
“operator”, in relation to a co-ownership authorised contractual scheme, has the meaning given by section 237(2) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;
“participant”, in relation to such a scheme, is to be read in accordance with section 235 of that Act.

PART 2 Indirect taxes¶

43 Air passenger duty: rates of duty from 1 April 2018¶

1 In section 30 of FA 1994 (air passenger duty: rates of duty), in subsection (4A) (long haul rates of duty)—

a in paragraph (a), for “£75” substitute “ £78 ”;

b in paragraph (b), for “£150” substitute “ £156 ”.

2 The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to the carriage of passengers beginning on or after 1 April 2018.

44 Petroleum revenue tax: elections for oil fields to become non-taxable¶

1 In Schedule 20B to FA 1993, for paragraphs 2 to 12 substitute—

Method of election

2An election must be made in writing.

3An election must be notified to the Commissioners.

4An election is deemed to have been made on the date on which notification of the election was sent to the Commissioners.

5 Effect of election

If an election is made, the field ceases to be taxable with effect from the start of the first chargeable period to begin after the election is made.

6 No unrelievable field losses from field

From the start of the first chargeable period to begin after an election is made, no allowable loss that accrues from the oil field is an allowable unrelievable field loss for the purposes of petroleum revenue tax.

7 Interpretation

1 In this Schedule—

“Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty‘s Revenue and Customs;
“participator”, in relation to a particular time, means a person who is a participator in the chargeable period which includes that time.

2 Expressions used in this Schedule and in Part 1 of the Oil Taxation Act 1975 have the same meaning in this Schedule as in Part 1 of that Act.

2 In OTA 1975, in section 6(1A), for “paragraph 5” substitute “ paragraph 6 ”.

3 In FA 1980, in paragraph 15(9A) of Schedule 17, for “paragraph 5” substitute “ paragraph 6 ”.

4 The amendment made by this section is to be treated as having come into force on 23 November 2016.

45 Gaming duty: rates¶

1 In section 11(2) of FA 1997 (rates of gaming duty), for the table substitute—

2 The amendment made by this section has effect in relation to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2017.

46 Remote gaming duty: freeplay¶

1 Part 3 of FA 2014 (general betting duty, pool betting duty and remote gaming duty) is amended in accordance with subsections (2) to (8).

2 In section 159 (remote gaming duty: gaming payments), for subsection (4) substitute—

4 For the purposes of this Chapter—

a where the chargeable person participates in the remote gaming in reliance on an offer which waives all of a gaming payment, the person is to be treated as having made a gaming payment of the amount which would have been required to be paid without the offer (“the full amount”), and

b where the chargeable person participates in the remote gaming in reliance on an offer which waives part of a gaming payment, the person is to be treated as having made an additional gaming payment of the difference between the gaming payment actually made and the full amount.

5 Where a person is treated by subsection (4) as having made a gaming payment, the payment is to be treated for the purposes of this Chapter—

a as having been made to the gaming provider at the time when the chargeable person begins to participate in the remote gaming to which it relates, and

b as not having been—

i returned, or

ii assigned to a gaming prize fund.

6 The Commissioners may by regulations make further provision about how a gaming payment which a person is treated as having made under subsection (4) is to be treated for the purposes of this Chapter.

7 This section has effect subject to section 159A.

3 After section 159 insert—

159A Play using the results of successful freeplay

1 Where a chargeable person participates in remote gaming, an amount is not to be taken into account in determining the “gaming payment” (if any) under section 159 so far as the amount is paid out of money in relation to which the first and second conditions are met (“excluded winnings”).

2 The first condition is that the money has been won by participation in the gaming either—

a in reliance on an offer which waives all or part of a gaming payment, or

b in a case where the gaming payment was paid out of money in relation to which this condition and the second condition were met.

3 The second condition is that the chargeable person is not entitled to use the money otherwise than for the purpose of participation in the gaming.

4 Subsection (5) applies where—

a a chargeable person participates in remote gaming in reliance on an offer which waives all or part of a gaming payment, and

b that offer has been won in the course of the person's participation in the gaming (and the person was not given the choice of receiving a different benefit instead of the offer).

5 The amount which would, apart from this subsection, be treated by section 159(4)(a) or (b) as a gaming payment (or additional gaming payment) is not to be so treated.

6 For the purposes of this section, where a payment is made out of moneys which include both excluded winnings and money which is not excluded winnings (the “other funds”), the payment is not taken to be made out of excluded winnings except so far as the amount of the payment exceeds the amount of those other funds.

7 In this section “money” includes any amount credited and any other money's worth.

4 In section 160 (remote gaming duty: prizes)—

a in subsection (1), in the opening words, after “account” insert “ only ”,

b omit subsection (2),

c in subsection (3), at the end insert “ (but where a gaming payment is returned by being credited to an account this subsection has effect subject to subsection (1)) ”, and

d at the end insert—

5 After section 160 insert—

160A Prizes: freeplay

1 Where a prize is a freeplay offer (whether or not in the form of a voucher) which does not fall within section 160(4)—

a for the purposes of sections 156 and 157, the expenditure on the prize is nil, and

b subsections (5) to (7) of section 160 do not apply in relation to the prize.

2 Where a prize is a voucher which gives the recipient a choice of using it in place of money for freeplay or as whole or partial payment for another benefit, section 160(5)(b) has effect as if after “used” there were inserted “ if it is used as payment for a benefit other than freeplay ”.

3 In this section—

“freeplay” means participation, in reliance on a freeplay offer, in—
1. remote gaming, or
2. an activity in respect of which a gambling tax listed in section 161(4) is charged;
“freeplay offer” means an offer which waives all or part of—
1. a gaming payment, or
2. a payment in connection with participation in an activity in respect of which a gambling tax listed in section 161(4) is charged.

6 In section 188 (gaming), after subsection (2) insert—

7 In section 190 (index), in the Table, in the entry for “game of chance”, for “188(1)(b)” substitute “ 188(1)(b) and (3) ”.

8 In section 194(4) (regulations under Part 3 to which the procedure in section 194(5) is to apply), before paragraph (a), insert—

9 The amendments made by this section have effect with respect to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 August 2017.

47 Tobacco products manufacturing machinery: licensing scheme¶

1 After section 8U of TPDA 1979 insert—

8V Tobacco products manufacturing machinery: licensing scheme

1 In this section “tobacco products manufacturing machinery” means machinery that is designed primarily for use for the purpose of (or for purposes including) manufacturing tobacco products.

2 The Commissioners may by regulations—

a prohibit a person from purchasing, acquiring, owning or being in possession of, or carrying out other specified activities in respect of, an item of tobacco products manufacturing machinery, except in accordance with a licence granted under the regulations;

b provide that if a person contravenes the prohibition in relation to an item of tobacco products manufacturing machinery, the machinery is liable to forfeiture.

3 The regulations may provide that the prohibition does not apply—

a in relation to persons, or items of tobacco products manufacturing machinery, of a specified description;

b in specified circumstances.

4 Regulations under this section may include provision—

a imposing obligations on licensed persons;

b for a licensed person who fails to comply with a condition or restriction of a licence, or with an obligation imposed by the regulations, to be liable to a penalty of the amount for the time being specified in section 9(2)(b) of the Finance Act 1994;

c for exceptions from liability to a penalty under the regulations;

d for the assessment and recovery of a penalty, including provision for two or more contraventions to be treated as a single contravention for the purposes of assessment;

e for the Commissioners, if they think it right because of special circumstances, to remit, reduce (including reduce to nil) or stay a penalty, or agree a compromise in relation to proceedings for a penalty;

f about reviews by the Commissioners, or by an officer of Revenue and Customs, of decisions in connection with licensing and the imposition of penalties under the regulations and about appeals against those decisions (which may include provision for specified decisions of the Commissioners to be treated as if they were listed in section 13A(2) of, or Schedule 5 to, the Finance Act 1994);

g for the Customs and Excise Management Act 1979 to have effect in relation to licensed persons as it has effect in relation to revenue traders, subject to such modifications as may be specified in the regulations.

5 The Commissioners may, by or under regulations under this section, make provision—

a regulating the grant of licences, including provision about the circumstances in which a licence may be granted and the requirements to be met by or in relation to the applicant (which may include a requirement that the applicant is a fit and proper person to hold a licence);

b about the form, manner and content of an application for or in respect of a licence;

c for licences to be subject to specified conditions or restrictions;

d regulating the variation or revocation of a licence, or of any condition or restriction to which a licence is subject;

e about the renewal, surrender or transfer of a licence;

f for communications by or with the Commissioners in connection with a licence to be made electronically;

g as to the arrangements for licensing bodies corporate which are members of the same group (as defined in the regulations);

h for members of a group to be jointly and severally liable for any penalties imposed under the regulations.

2 In section 9 of TPDA 1979 (regulations), in subsection (1A), for “or 8U” substitute “ , 8U or 8V ”.

PART 3 Fulfilment businesses¶

^I1^I10548 Carrying on an imported goods fulfilment business¶

1 For the purposes of this Part a person carries on an imported goods fulfilment business if the person, by way of business—

a stores imported goods which are owned by a person who is not UK-established, or

b stores imported goods on behalf of a person who is not UK-established,

at a time when the conditions in subsection (2) are met in relation to the goods.

2 The conditions are that—

a there has been no supply of the goods in the United Kingdom for the purposes of VATA 1994, and

b the goods are being offered for sale in the United Kingdom or elsewhere.

3 But a person does not carry on an imported goods fulfilment business if the person's activities within subsection (1) are incidental to the carriage of the goods.

4 Goods are “imported goods” if they have been imported into the United Kingdom for the purposes of VATA 1994 (as to which, see section 15 and paragraph 1 of Schedule 9ZB).

4A But goods that are treated as imported for the purposes of VATA 1994 as a result of paragraph 3 of Schedule 9ZB are not imported goods for the purposes of this Part.

5 A person is “UK-established” if the person's business establishment is in the United Kingdom as determined for the purposes of section 9 of VATA 1994.

^I2^I10649 Requirement for approval¶

1 A person may not carry on an imported goods fulfilment business otherwise than in accordance with an approval given by the Commissioners under this section.

2 The Commissioners may approve a person to carry on an imported goods fulfilment business only if they are satisfied that the person is a fit and proper person to carry on the business.

3 The Commissioners may approve a person to carry on an imported goods fulfilment business for such periods and subject to such conditions or restrictions as they may think fit or as they may by regulations made by them prescribe.

4 The Commissioners may at any time for reasonable cause vary the terms of, or revoke, an approval under this section.

5 In this Part “approved person” means a person approved under this section to carry on an imported goods fulfilment business.

^I3^I10750 Register of approved persons¶

1 The Commissioners must maintain a register of approved persons.

2 The register is to contain such information relating to approved persons as the Commissioners consider appropriate.

3 The Commissioners may make publicly available such information contained in the register as they consider necessary to enable those who deal with a person who carries on an imported goods fulfilment business to determine whether the person in question is an approved person in relation to that activity.

4 The information may be made available by such means (including the internet) as the Commissioners consider appropriate.

^I4^I10851 Regulations relating to approval, registration etc.¶

1 The Commissioners may by regulations make provision—

a regulating the approval and registration of persons under this Part,

b regulating the variation or revocation of any such approval or registration, or of any condition or restriction to which such an approval or registration is subject,

c about the register maintained under section 50,

d regulating the carrying on of an imported goods fulfilment business, and

e imposing obligations on approved persons.

2 The regulations may, in particular, make provision—

a requiring applications, and other communications with the Commissioners, to be made electronically;

b as to the procedure for the approval and registration of bodies corporate which are members of the same group;

c requiring approved persons to keep and make available for inspection such records as may be prescribed by or under the regulations.

^I5^I10952 Disclosure of information by HMRC¶

1 The Commissioners may disclose to an approved person information held by Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs in connection with a function of Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs, but only for the purpose mentioned in subsection (2).

2 The purpose is to assist the approved person in complying with obligations imposed on that person by virtue of section 51.

3 An approved person to whom information is disclosed under subsection (1)—

a may use the information only for the purpose of complying with obligations imposed on that person by virtue of section 51, and

b may not further disclose the information except with the consent of the Commissioners.

4 Section 19 of the Commissioners for Revenue and Customs Act 2005 (offence) applies to a disclosure in contravention of subsection (3)(b) as it applies to a disclosure, in contravention of section 20(9) of that Act, of revenue and customs information relating to a person whose identity is specified in the disclosure or can be deduced from it.

^I6^I110^C6^C553 Offence¶

1 A person who—

a carries on an imported goods fulfilment business, and

b is not an approved person,

commits an offence.

2 In proceedings for an offence under subsection (1) it is a defence to show that the person did not know, and had no reasonable grounds to suspect, that the person—

a was carrying on an imported goods fulfilment business, or

b was not an approved person.

3 A person is taken to have shown the fact mentioned in subsection (2) if—

a sufficient evidence of that fact is adduced to raise an issue with respect to it, and

b the contrary is not proved beyond reasonable doubt.

4 A person guilty of an offence under this section is liable on summary conviction—

a in England and Wales, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding the general limit in a magistrates’ court, or a fine, or both;

b in Scotland, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 12 months, or a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum, or both;

c in Northern Ireland, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 6 months, or a fine not exceeding the statutory maximum, or both.

5 A person guilty of an offence under this section is liable on conviction on indictment to—

a imprisonment for a period not exceeding 7 years,

b a fine, or

c both.

6 In relation to an offence committed before 2 May 2022 the reference in subsection (4)(a) to the general limit in a magistrates’ court is to be read as a reference to 6 months.

^I7^I111^C6^C554 Forfeiture¶

1 If a person—

a carries on an imported goods fulfilment business, and

b is not an approved person,

any goods within subsection (2) are liable to forfeiture under CEMA 1979.

2 Goods are within this subsection if—

a they are stored by the person, and

b their storage by the person constitutes, or has constituted, the carrying on of an imported goods fulfilment business by the person.

^I8^I112^C6^C555 Penalties¶

1 Schedule 13 provides for a penalty to be payable by a person who carries on an imported goods fulfilment business and is not an approved person.

2 The Commissioners may make regulations (“penalty regulations”) imposing a penalty for the contravention of—

a any condition or restriction imposed under this Part;

b regulations under this Part.

3 The amount of a penalty imposed by the penalty regulations is to be specified in the regulations, but must not exceed £3,000.

4 The penalty regulations may make provision for the assessment and recovery of a penalty imposed by the regulations.

5 The Commissioners may by regulations make provision for corporate bodies which are members of the same group to be jointly and severally liable for any penalties imposed under—

a Schedule 13;

b penalty regulations.

^I9^I10456 Appeals¶

1 FA 1994 is amended as follows.

2 In section 13A(2) (customs and excise reviews and appeals: relevant decisions) after paragraph (gb) insert—

3 In Schedule 5 to that Act (decisions subject to review and appeal) after paragraph 9A insert—

^I10^I11357 Regulations¶

1 Regulations under this Part may—

a make provision which applies generally or only for specified cases or purposes;

b make different provision for different cases or purposes;

c include incidental, consequential, transitional or transitory provision;

d confer a discretion on the Commissioners;

e make provision by reference to a notice to be published by the Commissioners.

2 Regulations under this Part are to be made by statutory instrument.

3 A statutory instrument containing regulations under this Part is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.

4 This section does not apply to regulations under section 59 (commencement).

^I11^I11458 Interpretation¶

1 In this Part—

“approved person” has the meaning given by section 49(5);
“the Commissioners” means the Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs.

2 For the purposes of this Part two or more bodies corporate are members of a group if—

a one of them controls each of the others,

b one person (whether a body corporate or an individual) controls all of them, or

c two or more individuals carrying on a business in partnership control all of them.

3 A body corporate is to be taken to control another body corporate if—

a it is empowered by or under legislation to control that body's activities, or

b it is that body's holding company within the meaning of section 1159 of, and Schedule 6 to, the Companies Act 2006.

4 An individual or individuals are to be taken to control a body corporate if the individual or individuals (were the individual or individuals a company) would be that body's holding company within the meaning of section 1159 of, and Schedule 6 to, the Companies Act 2006.

^I12^I11559 Commencement¶

1 This Part comes into force—

a so far as it confers powers to make regulations, on the day on which this Act is passed, and

b for all other purposes, on such day as the Commissioners may by regulations made by statutory instrument appoint.

2 Regulations under subsection (1)(b) may appoint different days for different purposes.

PART 4 Administration, avoidance and enforcement¶

Reporting and record-keeping¶

60 Digital reporting and record-keeping for income tax etc¶

1 TMA 1970 is amended as set out in subsections (2) and (3).

2 After section 12B insert—

3 Before Schedule 1AA insert—

SCHEDULE A1

Digital reporting and record-keeping

Section 12C

PART 1 Application

Application: persons

1 This Schedule applies to a person within the charge to income tax who, otherwise than in partnership, carries on (or has carried on)—

a a trade, profession or vocation the profits of which are chargeable to income tax under Part 2 of ITTOIA 2005,

b a property business the profits of which are chargeable to income tax under Part 3 of ITTOIA 2005, or

c any other activity which may give rise to profits or other income chargeable to income tax under Part 2 or 3 of ITTOIA 2005.

2 This is subject to paragraph 2.

1 This Schedule does not apply to—

a the trustees of a charitable trust, or

b the trustees of an exempt unauthorised unit trust (within the meaning of the Unauthorised Unit Trusts (Tax) Regulations 2013 (S.I. 2013/2819)),

unless the trustees elect for this Schedule to apply to them.

2 This Schedule does not apply to a person in respect of an excluded activity unless the person elects for this Schedule to apply to the person in respect of the excluded activity.

3 The following are excluded activities—

a the underwriting business of a member of Lloyd's (within the meaning of section 184 of the Finance Act 1993),

b holding shares in respect of which a distribution may be made which is chargeable to income tax under Part 3 of ITTOIA 2005 by virtue of section 548(6) of CTA 2010 (distributions to shareholders in real estate investment trusts), and

c participating in an open-ended investment company which may make distributions chargeable to income tax under Part 3 of ITTOIA 2005 by virtue of regulation 69Z18 of the Authorised Investment Funds (Tax) Regulations 2006 (S.I. 2006/964) (property income distributions).

4 The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about elections under this paragraph and the withdrawal of such elections, including provision—

a about how an election may be made or withdrawn, and

b about the period for which an election or withdrawal has effect.

Application: partnerships

1 This Schedule applies to a partnership if one or more of the partners is within the charge to income tax.

2 This is subject to paragraph 4.

1 If all the activities of a partnership which may give rise to profits or income are excluded activities, this Schedule does not apply to the partnership unless the partnership elects for this Schedule to apply to it.

2 The following are excluded activities—

a the underwriting business of a Lloyd's partnership (as defined in section 184(1) of the Finance Act 1993),

3 The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about elections under this paragraph and the withdrawal of such elections, including provision—

a about how an election may be made or withdrawn, and

b about the period for which an election or withdrawal has effect.

Nominated partners

1 Requirements imposed by regulations under this Schedule on a partnership are to be met by a nominated partner.

2 A “nominated partner” is a partner nominated for the purposes of this Schedule—

a by the partners, or

b by the Commissioners.

3 A nomination, or a revocation of a nomination, by the partners does not have effect until notice of the revocation or nomination is given to HMRC.

4 The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about nominations and the revocation of nominations, including provision about the circumstances in which the Commissioners may nominate a partner.

5 In this Act references to a nominated partner are to a partner nominated for the purposes of this Schedule.

PART 2 Digital reporting and record-keeping

Interpretation

6In this Part of this Schedule “business”—

a in relation to a person to whom this Schedule applies (see paragraphs 1 and 2), means the activity by virtue of which this Schedule applies to the person (and if more than one, means each of them), and

b in relation to a partnership to which this Schedule applies (see paragraphs 3 and 4), means any activity of the partnership.

Periodic updates

1 The Commissioners may by regulations require a person or partnership to whom this Schedule applies to provide to HMRC, by electronic communications, specified information about the business of the person or partnership.

2 The information which may be specified includes any information (“financial information”) relevant to calculating profits, losses or income of the business, including information about receipts and expenses.

3 The regulations may require information to be provided at or for specified intervals, times or periods.

4 The regulations may not require financial information about the business to be provided more often than once every 3 months.

End of period statement

1 The Commissioners may by regulations require a person to whom this Schedule applies to provide to HMRC, by electronic communications, a statement containing specified information about the person's business in relation to each relevant period.

2 “Relevant period” means—

a in relation to a business the profits or income of which are chargeable to income tax under Chapter 2 of Part 2 of ITTOIA 2005, a basis period (see Chapter 15 of that Part), and

b otherwise, a tax year.

3 The information which may be specified includes any information relevant to calculating profits, losses or income of the business for the relevant period, including information about receipts and expenses.

4 Regulations under this paragraph may require the statement to include a declaration to the effect that the information included in it is correct and complete.

5 An end of period statement for a tax year must be provided to HMRC at or before—

a the time at which the person delivers a return under section 8 or 8A for the tax year (see section 8(7)(c) and 8A(7)(c)), or

b if earlier, the end of 31 January following the tax year.

6 In this Act—

a references to an end of period statement are to a statement required by regulations under this paragraph;

b references to an end of period statement for a tax year are to an end of period statement for that tax year or, where the relevant period is a basis period, for the basis period for that tax year.

Facility for complying with notice to file under section 8 or 8A

9The Commissioners may by regulations make provision for the establishment and use of a facility enabling a person to whom this Schedule applies to file or deliver, by electronic communications—

a anything which under section 8(1AB) may be required to be filed or delivered by a notice to file under section 8;

b anything which under section 8A(1AB) may be required to be filed or delivered by a notice to file under section 8A.

Partnership return

1 The Commissioners may by regulations require a partnership to which this Schedule applies to provide to HMRC, by electronic communications, a return containing specified information about the partnership's business in relation to each tax year.

2 The information which may be specified includes any information which is or may be required to be included in a section 12AA partnership return, including information in respect of any partners within the charge to corporation tax.

3 In particular, the information which may be specified includes the information required to be included in a section 12AA partnership return by section 12AB (partnership statements).

4 Regulations under this paragraph may require the return to include a declaration to the effect that the information included in it is correct and complete.

5 A Schedule A1 partnership return for a tax year must be provided to HMRC on or before 31 January following the tax year.

6 In this Act—

a references to a Schedule A1 partnership return are to a return required by regulations under this paragraph, and

b references to a partnership statement, in relation to a Schedule A1 partnership return, are to information required to be included in the return by virtue of sub-paragraph (3).

7 In the Taxes Acts, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference (whether general or specific) to a return under, or a return required under, this Act includes a reference to a Schedule A1 partnership return.

Record-keeping

1 The Commissioners may by regulations require a person or partnership to whom this Schedule applies to—

a keep specified records relating to the business in electronic form, and

b preserve those records in electronic form for a specified period.

2 The records which may be specified are any records the Commissioners consider relevant to ascertaining information required to be provided by regulations under this Part of this Schedule.

3 A requirement imposed by regulations under this paragraph is in addition to, and not in place of, any other requirement that the person or partnership keep and preserve records (or keep and preserve records in a particular form).

4 Paragraph 5(1) (requirements imposed on partnership to be met by nominated partner) does not apply to requirements imposed by regulations under this paragraph.

1 This paragraph applies where requirements imposed by regulations under paragraph 11 for any period are not complied with.

2 The person, or in the case of a partnership each relevant partner, is liable for a penalty.

3 “Relevant partner” means any person who was a partner in the partnership at any time during the period in question.

4 The amount of the penalty must not exceed £3,000.

5 A person or relevant partner is not liable to a penalty under this paragraph in relation to a period if the person or relevant partner is liable to a penalty under section 12B(5) in relation to that period.

Electronic communications and records: supplementary powers

1 This paragraph applies to regulations under paragraphs 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11.

2 The regulations may (amongst other things) make provision—

a as to the electronic form to be taken by information provided and records kept or preserved,

b requiring persons to prepare and keep records of information provided by means of electronic communications,

c for the production of the contents of records kept or preserved in accordance with regulations under this Part of this Schedule,

d as to conditions that must be complied with in connection with the use of electronic communications or the keeping or preservation of electronic records,

e for treating information as not having been provided or records as not having been kept or preserved unless conditions are complied with,

f for determining the time at which and person by whom information is taken to have been delivered, and

g for authenticating information or records.

3 The regulations may also make provision (which may include provision for the application of conclusive or other presumptions) about the manner of proving for any purpose—

a whether any use of electronic communications is to be taken as having resulted in the provision of information,

b the time at which information was provided,

c the person by whom information was provided,

d the contents of any information provided,

e the contents of any records, and

f any other matter for which provision may be made by the regulations.

4 The regulations may allow or require use to be made of intermediaries in connection with—

a the provision of information by means of electronic communications, and

b the authentication or security of anything transmitted by any such means.

5 The regulations may—

a allow any authorisation or requirement for which the regulations may provide to be given by means of a specific or general direction given by the Commissioners, and

b provide that the conditions of an authorisation or requirement are to be taken to be satisfied only where the Commissioners are satisfied as to specified matters.

6 The regulations may provide—

a that information provided must meet standards of accuracy and completeness set by specific or general directions given by the Commissioners, and

b that failure to meet those standards may be treated as a failure to provide the information, or as a failure to comply with the requirements of the regulations.

PART 3 Exemptions

Exemption for the digitally excluded

1 The Commissioners must by regulations make provision—

a for a person to be exempt from requirements imposed by regulations under paragraphs 7, 8 and 11 if the Commissioners are satisfied that the person is digitally excluded, and

b for a partnership to be exempt from requirements imposed by regulations under paragraphs 7, 10 and 11 if the Commissioners are satisfied that the partnership is digitally excluded.

2 A person is digitally excluded if the digital exclusion condition is met in relation to the person.

3 A partnership is digitally excluded if the digital exclusion condition is met in relation to each partner.

4 The digital exclusion condition is met in relation to a person or partner if—

a the person or partner is a practising member of a religious society or order whose beliefs are incompatible with using electronic communications or keeping electronic records, or

b for any reason (including age, disability or location) it is not reasonably practicable for the person or partner to use electronic communications or to keep electronic records.

Further exemptions

1 The Commissioners may by regulations make provision for further exemptions.

2 The exemptions for which provision may be made include exemptions based on income or other financial criteria.

PART 4 Supplementary provision

Appeals

1 An appeal may be brought against any decision made by the Commissioners, or by an officer of Revenue and Customs, under regulations under this Schedule.

2 Notice of an appeal under this paragraph must be given to HMRC within 30 days after the day on which notice of the decision is given.

3 The notice of appeal must—

a be in writing, and

b specify the grounds of appeal.

Interpretation

1 Any power in this Schedule to require the provision of information includes power to require the provision of accounts, statements and documents relating to that information.

2 Where a partnership (“the reporting partnership”) includes a partner which is itself a partnership, references in this Schedule to a partner include an indirect partner in the reporting partnership.Section 12AA(1C) (meaning of “indirect partner”) applies for the purposes of this sub-paragraph.

Regulations

1 Regulations under this Schedule may—

a make provision which applies generally or only for specified cases or purposes;

b make different provision for different cases or purposes;

c include incidental, supplemental, consequential, saving, transitional or transitory provision;

d make provision for matters to be specified by the Commissioners in accordance with the regulations.

2 Sub-paragraph (1)(d) does not apply to any interval, time or period specified by virtue of paragraph 7(3) (which may be specified only by the regulations).

3 Regulations under this Schedule may make provision for a person or partnership to whom this Schedule applies, but who would not otherwise be subject to a requirement imposed by the regulations, to elect to be subject to that requirement.

4 Regulations under this Schedule may provide that, for the purposes of any provision of this Schedule or of the regulations, a change in the accounting date of a business is to be disregarded (and its period of account determined accordingly).

5 The power to make regulations under this Schedule is exercisable by statutory instrument.

6 A statutory instrument containing regulations under this Schedule is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.

4 Subsections (1) to (3) come into force on such day as the Treasury may by regulations made by statutory instrument appoint.

5 Regulations under subsection (4) may appoint different days for different purposes.

^I1361 Digital reporting and record-keeping for income tax etc: further amendments¶

1 Schedule 14 contains provision amending TMA 1970 and other Acts.

2 The Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs may by regulations amend or modify any provision of the Taxes Acts in consequence of the provision made by section 60 or Schedule 14.

3 Regulations under subsection (2) may make transitional, transitory or saving provision.

4 Regulations under subsection (2) must be made by statutory instrument.

5 A statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (2) may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, the House of Commons.

^C4^C106 Subsections (1) to (5) and Schedule 14 come into force on such day as the Treasury may by regulations made by statutory instrument appoint.

7 Regulations under subsection (6) may appoint different days for different purposes.

^I1462 Digital reporting and record-keeping for VAT¶

1 Schedule 11 to VATA 1994 (administration, collection and enforcement) is amended as set out in subsections (2) to (4).

2 In paragraph 2 (accounting and payment)—

a in sub-paragraph (1) for “and the making of returns” substitute “ , the making of returns and the submission of information ”;

b after sub-paragraph (11) insert—

3 In paragraph 6 (duty of taxable person to keep records)—

a omit sub-paragraph (4);

b at the end insert—

5 The Commissioners may by regulations make provision about the form in which, and means by which, records are to be kept and preserved.

6 Regulations under sub-paragraph (5) may—

a make different provision for different cases;

b provide for any provision of the regulations to be subject to conditions or exceptions specified in writing by the Commissioners;

c include incidental, supplemental, consequential, saving, transitional or transitory provision.

7 If regulations under sub-paragraph (5) make provision requiring records to be kept or preserved in electronic form they must make provision for a taxable person to be exempt from those requirements for any month (“the current month”) if—

a the value of the person's taxable supplies, in the period of one year ending with the month before the current month, was less than the VAT threshold, and

b the person was not subject to those requirements in the month before the current month.

8 The regulations may modify the exemption for cases where a business or part of a business carried on by a taxable person is transferred to another person as a going concern.

9 The “VAT threshold” means the amount specified in paragraph 1(1)(a) of Schedule 1 on the first day of the current month.

10 Regulations under sub-paragraph (5) requiring records to be kept or preserved in electronic form may (among other things) make provision—

a as to the electronic form in which records are to be kept or preserved,

b for the production of the contents of records kept or preserved in accordance with the regulations,

c as to conditions that must be complied with in connection with the keeping or preservation of electronic records,

d for treating records as not having been kept or preserved unless conditions are complied with,

e for authenticating records,

f about the manner of proving for any purpose the contents of any records (including provision for the application of conclusive or other presumptions).

11 Regulations under sub-paragraph (5) requiring records to be kept or preserved in electronic form may—

a allow any authorisation or requirement for which the regulations may provide to be given by means of a specific or general direction given by the Commissioners,

b provide that the conditions of an authorisation or requirement are to be taken to be satisfied only where the Commissioners are satisfied as to specified matters.

4 In paragraph 6A (power to direct keeping of records), for sub-paragraph (7) substitute—

5 In section 83(1) of VATA 1994 (appealable decisions), for paragraph (zc) substitute—

6 Subsections (3)(a) and (4) of this section come into force when the first regulations under paragraph 6(5) of Schedule 11 to VATA 1994 come into force.

7 Regulations under paragraph 6(5) of Schedule 11 to VATA 1994 may not make provision requiring records to be kept or preserved in electronic form which has effect before 1 April 2019.

Enquiries¶

63 Partial closure notices¶

Schedule 15 makes provision for partial closure notices in respect of enquiries under sections 9A, 12ZM and 12AC of TMA 1970 and Schedule 18 to FA 1998.

Avoidance etc¶

64 Errors in taxpayers' documents¶

1 Schedule 24 to FA 2007 (penalties for errors) is amended as set out in subsections (2) and (3).

2 After paragraph 3 insert—

Errors related to avoidance arrangements

1 This paragraph applies where a document of a kind listed in the Table in paragraph 1 is given to HMRC by a person (“P”) and the document contains an inaccuracy which—

a falls within paragraph 1(2), and

b arises because the document is submitted on the basis that particular avoidance arrangements (within the meaning of paragraph 3B) had an effect which in fact they did not have.

2 It is to be presumed that the inaccuracy was careless, within the meaning of paragraph 3, unless—

a the inaccuracy was deliberate on P's part, or

b P satisfies HMRC or (on an appeal notified to the tribunal) the tribunal that P took reasonable care to avoid inaccuracy.

3 In considering whether P took reasonable care to avoid inaccuracy, HMRC and (on an appeal notified to the tribunal) the tribunal must take no account of any evidence of any reliance by P on advice where the advice is disqualified.

4 Advice is “disqualified” if any of the following applies—

a the advice was given to P by an interested person;

b the advice was given to P as a result of arrangements made between an interested person and the person who gave the advice;

c the person who gave the advice did not have appropriate expertise for giving the advice;

d the advice took no account of P's individual circumstances;

e the advice was addressed to, or given to, a person other than P;

but this is subject to sub-paragraphs (5) and (7).

5 Where (but for this sub-paragraph) advice would be disqualified under any of paragraphs (a) to (c) of sub-paragraph (4), the advice is not disqualified under that paragraph if at the relevant time P—

a has taken reasonable steps to find out whether the advice falls within that paragraph, and

b reasonably believes that it does not.

6 In sub-paragraph (4) “an interested person” means—

a a person, other than P, who participated in the avoidance arrangements or any transaction forming part of them, or

b a person who for any consideration (whether or not in money) facilitated P's entering into the avoidance arrangements.

7 Where (but for this sub-paragraph) advice would be disqualified under paragraph (a) of sub-paragraph (4) because it was given by a person within sub-paragraph (6)(b), the advice is not disqualified under that paragraph if—

a the person giving the advice had appropriate expertise for giving it,

b the advice took account of P's individual circumstances, and

c at the time when the question whether the advice is disqualified arises—

i Condition E in paragraph 3B(5) is met in relation to the avoidance arrangements, but

ii none of Conditions A to D in paragraph 3B(5) is or has at any time been met in relation to them.

8 If the document mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) is given to HMRC by P as a personal representative of a deceased person (“D”)—

a sub-paragraph (4) is to be read as if—

i the references in paragraphs (a) and (b) to P were to P or D;

ii the reference in paragraph (d) to P were to D, and

iii the reference in paragraph (e) to a person other than P were to a person who is neither P nor D,

b sub-paragraph (6) is to be read as if—

i the reference in paragraph (a) to P were a reference to the person to whom the advice was given, and

ii the reference in paragraph (b) to P were to D (or, where P also participated in the avoidance arrangements, P or D), and

c sub-paragraph (7) is to be read as if the reference in paragraph (b) to P were to D.

9 In this paragraph—

“arrangements” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable);
“the relevant time” means the time when the document mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) is given to HMRC;
“the tribunal” has the same meaning as in paragraph 17 (see paragraph 17(5A)).

1 In paragraph 3A “avoidance arrangements” means, subject to sub-paragraph (3), arrangements which fall within sub-paragraph (2).

2 Arrangements fall within this sub-paragraph if, having regard to all the circumstances, it would be reasonable to conclude that the obtaining of a tax advantage was the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of the arrangements.

3 Arrangements are not avoidance arrangements for the purposes of paragraph 3A if (although they fall within sub-paragraph (2))—

a they are arrangements which accord with established practice, and

b HMRC had, at the time the arrangements were entered into, indicated its acceptance of that practice.

4 If, at any time, any of Conditions A to E is met in relation to particular arrangements—

a for the purposes of this Schedule the arrangements are to be taken to fall within (and always to have fallen within) sub-paragraph (2), and

b in relation to the arrangements, sub-paragraph (3) (and the reference to it in sub-paragraph (1)) are to be treated as omitted.

This does not prevent arrangements from falling within sub-paragraph (2) other than by reason of one or more of Conditions A to E being met.

5 Conditions A to E are as follows—

a Condition A is that the arrangements are DOTAS arrangements within the meaning given by section 219(5) and (6) of FA 2014;

b Condition B is that the arrangements are disclosable VAT arrangements or disclosable indirect tax arrangements for the purposes of Schedule 18 to FA 2016 (see paragraphs 8A to 9A of that Schedule);

c Condition C is that both of the following apply—

i P has been given a notice under a provision mentioned in sub-paragraph (6) stating that a tax advantage arising from the arrangements is to be counteracted, and

ii that tax advantage has been counteracted under section 209 of FA 2013;

d Condition D is that a follower notice under section 204 of FA 2014 has been given to P by reference to the arrangements (and not withdrawn) and—

i the necessary corrective action for the purposes of section 208 of FA 2014 has been taken in respect of the denied advantage, or

ii the denied advantage has been counteracted otherwise than as mentioned in sub-paragraph (i);

e Condition E is that a tax advantage asserted by reference to the arrangements has been counteracted (by an assessment, an amendment of a return or claim, or otherwise) on the basis that an avoidance-related rule applies in relation to P's affairs.

6 The provisions referred to in sub-paragraph (5)(c)(i) are—

a paragraph 12 of Schedule 43 to FA 2013 (general anti-abuse rule: notice of final decision);

b paragraph 8 or 9 of Schedule 43A to that Act (pooled or bound arrangements: notice of final decision);

c paragraph 8 of Schedule 43B to that Act (generic referrals: notice of final decision).

7 In sub-paragraph (5)(d) the reference to giving a follower notice to P includes giving a partnership follower notice in respect of a partnership return in relation to which P is a relevant partner; and for the purposes of this sub-paragraph—

a “relevant partner” has the meaning given by paragraph 2(5) of Schedule 31 to FA 2014;

b a partnership follower notice is given “in respect of” the partnership return mentioned in paragraph 2(2)(a) or (b) of that Schedule.

8 For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5)(d) it does not matter whether the denied advantage has been dealt with—

a wholly as mentioned in one or other of sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) of sub-paragraph (5)(d), or

b partly as mentioned in one of those sub-paragraphs and partly as mentioned in the other;

and “the denied advantage” has the same meaning as in Chapter 2 of Part 4 of FA 2014 (see section 208(3) of and paragraph 4(3) of Schedule 31 to that Act).

9 For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5)(e) a tax advantage has been “asserted by reference to” the arrangements if a return, claim or appeal has been made by P on the basis that the tax advantage results from the arrangements.

10 In this paragraph—

“arrangements” has the same meaning as in paragraph 3A;
“avoidance-related rule” has the same meaning as in Part 4 of Schedule 18 to FA 2016 (see paragraph 25 of that Schedule);
a “tax advantage” includes—
1. relief or increased relief from tax,
2. repayment or increased repayment of tax,
3. avoidance or reduction of a charge to tax or an assessment to tax,
4. avoidance of a possible assessment to tax,
5. deferral of a payment of tax or advancement of a repayment of tax,
6. avoidance of an obligation to deduct or account for tax, and
7. in relation to VAT, anything which is a tax advantage for the purposes of Schedule 18 to FA 2016 under paragraph 5 of that Schedule.

3 In paragraph 18, after sub-paragraph (5) insert—

4 In FA 2014, omit section 276 (which is superseded by the provision inserted by subsections (2) and (3)).

5 The amendments made by this section have effect in relation to any document of a kind listed in the Table in paragraph 1 of Schedule 24 to FA 2007 which—

a is given to HMRC on or after the day on which this Act is passed, and

b relates to a tax period that—

i begins on or after 6 April 2017, and

ii ends on or after the day on which this Act is passed.

6 In subsection (5) “tax period”, and the reference to giving a document to HMRC, have the same meaning as in Schedule 24 to FA 2007 (see paragraph 28 of that Schedule).

65 Penalties for enablers of defeated tax avoidance¶

Schedule 16 makes provision for penalties for persons who enable tax avoidance which is defeated.

^I1566 Disclosure of tax avoidance schemes: VAT and other indirect taxes¶

1 Schedule 17 contains provision about the disclosure of tax avoidance schemes involving VAT or other indirect taxes.

2 In consequence of the provision made by Schedule 17, section 58A of, and Schedule 11A to, VATA 1994 (disclosure of VAT avoidance schemes) cease to have effect to require a person to disclose any scheme which—

a is first entered into by that person on or after 1 January 2018,

b constitutes notifiable arrangements under Schedule 17,

c implements proposals which are notifiable proposals under Schedule 17.

3 No scheme or proposed scheme may be notified to the Commissioners under paragraph 9 of Schedule 11A to VATA 1994 (voluntary notification of schemes) on or after 1 January 2018.

4 This section and Schedule 17 come into force—

a so far as is necessary for enabling the making of regulations under that Schedule, on the passing of this Act, and

b for all other purposes, on 1 January 2018.

67 Requirement to correct certain offshore tax non-compliance¶

Schedule 18 makes provision for and in connection with requiring persons to correct any offshore tax non-compliance subsisting on 6 April 2017.

68 Penalty for transactions connected with VAT fraud etc¶

1 VATA 1994 is amended as follows.

2 After section 69B (penalty for breach of record-keeping requirements imposed by directions) insert—

69C Transactions connected with VAT fraud

1 A person (T) is liable to a penalty where—

a T has entered into a transaction involving the making of a supply by or to T (“the transaction”), and

b conditions A to C are satisfied.

2 Condition A is that the transaction was connected with the fraudulent evasion of VAT by another person (whether occurring before or after T entered into the transaction).

3 Condition B is that T knew or should have known that the transaction was connected with the fraudulent evasion of VAT by another person.

4 Condition C is that HMRC have issued a decision (“the denial decision”) in relation to the supply which—

a prevents T from exercising or relying on a VAT right in relation to the supply,

b is based on the facts which satisfy conditions A and B in relation to the transaction, and

c applies a relevant principle of EU case law (whether or not in circumstances that are the same as the circumstances in which any relevant case was decided by the European Court of Justice).

5 In this section “VAT right” includes the right to deduct input tax, the right to apply a zero rate to international supplies and any other right connected with VAT in relation to a supply.

6 The relevant principles of EU case law for the purposes of this section are the principles established by the European Court of Justice in the following cases—

a joined Cases C-439/04 and C-440/04 Axel Kittel v. Belgian State; Belgium v. Recolta Recycling (denial of right to deduct input tax), and

b Case C-273/11 (b)Mecsek-Gabona Kft v Nemzeti Adó- és Vámhivatal Dél-dunántúli Regionális Adó Főigazgatósága (denial of right to zero rate),

as developed or extended by that Court (whether before or after the coming into force of this section) in other cases relating to the denial or refusal of a VAT right in order to prevent abuses of the VAT system.

7 The penalty payable under this section is 30% of the potential lost VAT.

8 The potential lost VAT is—

a the additional VAT which becomes payable by T as a result of the denial decision,

b the VAT which is not repaid to T as a result of that decision, or

c in a case where as a result of that decision VAT is not repaid to T and additional VAT becomes payable by T, the aggregate of the VAT that is not repaid and the additional VAT.

9 Where T is liable to a penalty under this section the Commissioners may assess the amount of the penalty and notify it to T accordingly.

10 No assessment of a penalty under this section may be made more than two years after the denial decision is issued.

11 The assessment of a penalty under this section may be made immediately after the denial decision is made (and notice of the assessment may be given to T in the same document as the notice of the decision).

12 Where by reason of actions involved in making a claim to exercise or rely on a VAT right in relation to a supply T—

a is liable to a penalty for an inaccuracy under paragraph 1 of Schedule 24 to the Finance Act 2007 for which T has been assessed (and the assessment has not been successfully appealed against by T or withdrawn), or

b is convicted of an offence (whether under this Act or otherwise),

those actions do not give rise to liability to a penalty under this section.

69D Penalties under section 69C: officers' liability

1 Where—

a a company is liable to a penalty under section 69C, and

b the actions of the company which give rise to that liability were attributable to an officer of the company (“the officer”),

the officer is liable to pay such portion of the penalty (which may be equal to or less than 100%) as HMRC may specify in a notice given to the officer (a “decision notice”).

2 Before giving the officer a decision notice HMRC must—

a inform the officer that they are considering doing so, and

b afford the officer the opportunity to make representations about whether a decision notice should be given or the portion that should be specified.

3 A decision notice—

a may not be given before the amount of the penalty due from the company has been assessed (but it may be given immediately after that has happened), and

b may not be given more than two years after the denial decision relevant to that penalty was issued.

4 Where the Commissioners have specified a portion of the penalty in a decision notice given to the officer—

a section 70 applies to the specified portion as to a penalty under section 69C,

b the officer must pay the specified portion before the end of the period of 30 days beginning with the day on which the notice is given,

c section 76(9) applies as if the decision notice were an assessment notified under section 76, and

d a further decision notice may be given in respect of a portion of any additional amount assessed in an additional assessment.

5 HMRC may not recover more than 100% of the penalty through issuing decision notices in relation to two or more persons.

6 A person is not liable to pay an amount by virtue of this section if the actions of the company concerned are attributable to the person by reference to conduct for which the person has been convicted of an offence.In this subsection “conduct” includes omissions.

7 In this section “company” means a body corporate or unincorporated association but does not include a partnership, a local authority or a local authority association.

8 In its application to a body corporate other than a limited liability partnership “officer” means—

a a director (including a shadow director within the meaning of section 251 of the Companies Act 2006),

b a manager, or

c a secretary.

9 In in its application to a limited liability partnership “officer” means a member.

10 In its application in any other case, “officer” means—

a a director,

b a manager,

c a secretary, or

d any other person managing or purporting to manage any of the company's affairs.

69E Publication of details of persons liable to penalties under section 69C

1 The Commissioners may publish information about a person if—

a in consequence of an investigation the person has been found liable to one or more penalties under section 69C (the amount of which has been assessed), and

b the potential lost VAT in relation to the penalty (or the aggregate of the potential lost VAT in relation to each of the penalties) exceeds £50,000.

2 The information that may be published under subsection (1) is—

a the person's name (including any trading name, previous name or pseudonym),

b the person's address (or registered office),

c the nature of any business carried on by the person,

d the amount of the penalty or penalties in question,

e the periods or times to which the actions giving rise to the penalty or penalties relate,

f any other information that the Commissioners consider it appropriate to publish in order to make clear the person's identity.

3 In a case where—

a the requirements in subsection (1)(a) and (b) are met in relation to a penalty or penalties for which a company is liable,

b information about the company is published by virtue of this section,

c a person (“the officer”) has been given a decision notice under section 69D specifying a portion of the penalty (or, if there is more than one penalty, of any of the penalties) payable by the company as a portion which the officer is liable to pay, and

d the amount (or, if the decision notice specifies portions of more than one penalty, the aggregate amount) which the officer is liable to pay under the decision notice exceeds £25, 000,

the Commissioners may publish information about the officer.

4 The information that may be published under subsection (3) is—

a the officer's name,

b the officer's address,

c the officer's position (or former position) in the company,

d the amount of any penalty imposed on the company of which a portion is payable by the officer under the decision notice and the portion so payable,

e the periods or times to which the actions giving rise to any such penalty relate,

f any other information that the Commissioners consider it appropriate to publish in order to make clear the officer's identity.

5 Information published under this section may be published in any manner that the Commissioners consider appropriate.

6 Before publishing any information under this section the Commissioners must—

a inform the person or officer to which it relates that they are considering doing so (in the case of an officer, on the assumption that they publish information about the company), and

b afford the person or officer the opportunity to make representations about whether it should be published.

7 No information may be published under subsection (1) before the day on which the penalty becomes final or, where more than one penalty is involved, the latest day on which any of the penalties becomes final.

8 No information may be published under subsection (1) for the first time after the end of the period of one year beginning with that day.

9 No information may be published under subsection (3) before whichever is the later of—

a the day mentioned in subsection (7), and

b the day on which the decision notice given to the officer becomes final.

10 No information may be published under subsection (3) for the first time after the end of the period of one year beginning with the later of the two days mentioned in subsection (9).

11 No information may be published (or continue to be published) under subsection (1) or (3) after the end of the period of three years beginning with the day mentioned in subsection (7).

12 For the purposes of this section a penalty or a decision notice becomes final when the time for any appeal or further appeal relating to it expires or, if later, any appeal or final appeal relating to it is finally determined.

13 The Treasury may by regulations made by statutory instrument—

a amend subsection (1) to vary the amount for the time being specified in paragraph (b), or

b amend subsection (3) to vary the amount for the time being specified in paragraph (d).

14 A statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (13) is subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of the House of Commons.

3 In section 70 (mitigation of penalties)—

a in the heading, for “and 67” substitute “ , 67, 69A and 69C ”,

b in subsection (1) for “or 69A” substitute “ , 69A or 69C ”, and

c after subsection (4) insert—

4 In section 76 (assessment of amounts due by way of penalty etc), in subsection (1)(b) for “to 69B” (in both places) substitute “ to 69C ”.

5 In section 83(1) (appeals), after paragraph (n) insert—

6 After paragraph 21 of Schedule 24 to FA 2007 (penalties for errors: double jeopardy) insert—

7 Section 69C does not apply in relation to transactions entered into before this section comes into force.

Information¶

69 Data-gathering from money service businesses¶

1 In Part 2 of Schedule 23 to FA 2011 (data-gathering powers: relevant data-holders), after paragraph 13C insert—

13D Money service businesses

1 A person is a relevant data-holder if the person—

a carries on any of the activities in sub-paragraph (2) by way of business,

b is a relevant person within the meaning of regulation 8(1) of the Money Laundering, Terrorist Financing and Transfer of Funds (Information on the Payer) Regulations 2017 (S.I. 2017/692), and

c is not an excluded credit institution.

2 The activities referred to in sub-paragraph (1)(a) are—

a operating a currency exchange office;

b transmitting money (or any representation of monetary value) by any means;

c cashing cheques which are made payable to customers.

3 An excluded credit institution is a credit institution which has permission to carry on the regulated activity of accepting deposits—

a under Part 4A of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (permission to carry on regulated activities), or

b resulting from Part 2 of Schedule 3 to that Act (exercise of passport rights by EEA firms).

4 Sub-paragraph (3) is to be read with section 22 of and Schedule 2 to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, and any order under that section (classes of regulated activities).

5 In this paragraph “credit institution” has the meaning given by Article 4.1(1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms.

2 This section applies in relation to relevant data with a bearing on any period (whether before, on or after the day on which this Act is passed).

PART 5 Final¶

70 Northern Ireland welfare payments: updating statutory reference¶

In section 44(2) of FA 2016 (tax treatment of supplementary welfare payments: Northern Ireland) for “the Housing Benefit (Amendment) Regulations (Northern Ireland) 2016 (S.R. (N.I.) 2016 No. 258)” substitute “ the Housing Benefit (Amendment No. 2) Regulations (Northern Ireland) 2016 (S.R. (N.I.) 2016 No. 326) ”.

71 Interpretation¶

In this Act the following abbreviations are references to the following Acts.

CAA 2001	Capital Allowances Act 2001
CEMA 1979	Customs and Excise Management Act 1979
CTA 2009	Corporation Tax Act 2009
CTA 2010	Corporation Tax Act 2010
CT(NI)A 2015	Corporation Tax (Northern Ireland) Act 2015
FA, followed by a year	Finance Act of that year
F(No.2)A, followed by a year	Finance (No.2) Act of that year
F(No.3)A, followed by a year	Finance (No.3) Act of that year
ICTA	Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988
IHTA 1984	Inheritance Tax Act 1984
ITA 2007	Income Tax Act 2007
ITEPA 2003	Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003
ITTOIA 2005	Income Tax (Trading and Other Income) Act 2005
OTA 1975	Oil Taxation Act 1975
TCGA 1992	Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992
TIOPA 2010	Taxation (International and Other Provisions) Act 2010
TMA 1970	Taxes Management Act 1970
TPDA 1979	Tobacco Products Duty Act 1979
VATA 1994	Value Added Tax Act 1994

72 Short title¶

This Act may be cited as the Finance (No. 2) Act 2017.

SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE 1 ¶

Social investment tax relief

Section 14

PART 1 Amendments of Part 5B of ITA 2007¶

Introductory¶

1ITA 2007 is amended as follows.

Date by which investment must be made to qualify for SI relief¶

2In section 257K(1)(a)(iii) (date by which investment must be made to qualify for SI relief) for “6 April 2019” substitute “ 6 April 2021 ”.

The existing investments requirement¶

3After section 257LD insert—

257LDA The existing investments requirement

1 If at the time immediately before the investment is made the investor holds any shares in or debentures of—

a the social enterprise, or

b a company which at that time is a qualifying subsidiary of the social enterprise,

those shares or debentures must be risk finance investments or (in the case of shares) permitted subscriber shares.

2 A share or debenture is a “risk finance investment” for the purposes of this section if—

a it is a share that was issued to the investor, or a debenture of which the investor is the holder in return for advancing an amount, and

b at any time, a compliance statement under section 205, 257ED or 257PB is provided in respect of it or of shares or investments including it.

3 Subscriber shares are “permitted subscriber shares” for the purposes of this section if—

a they were issued to the investor and have been continuously held by the investor since they were issued, or

b they were acquired by the investor at a time when the company which issued them—

i had issued no shares other than subscriber shares, and

ii had not begun to carry on or make preparations for carrying on any trade or business.

4 In this section “debenture” is to be read in accordance with section 257L(6).

The no disqualifying arrangements requirement¶

4After section 257LE insert—

257LEA The no disqualifying arrangements requirement

1 The investment must not be made, and money raised by the social enterprise from the making of the investment must not be employed,—

a in consequence or anticipation of disqualifying arrangements, or

b otherwise in connection with disqualifying arrangements.

2 Arrangements are “disqualifying arrangements” if—

a the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of the arrangements is to secure both that an activity is or will be carried on by the social enterprise or a 90% social subsidiary of the social enterprise and that—

i one or more persons (whether or not including any party to the arrangements) may obtain relevant tax relief in respect of a qualifying investment which raises money for the purposes of that activity, or

ii shares issued by the social enterprise which raise money for the purposes of that activity may comprise part of the qualifying holdings of a VCT,

b that activity is the relevant qualifying activity, and

c one or both of conditions A and B are met.

3 Condition A is that, as a (direct or indirect) result of the money raised by the investment being employed as required by section 257MM, an amount representing the whole or the majority of the amount raised is, in the course of the arrangements, paid to or for the benefit of a relevant person or relevant persons.

4 Condition B is that, in the absence of the arrangements, it would have been reasonable to expect that the whole or greater part of the component activities of the relevant qualifying activity would have been carried on as part of another business by a relevant person or relevant persons.

5 For the purposes of this section it is immaterial whether the social enterprise is a party to the arrangements.

6 In this section—

“90% social subsidiary” is to be read in accordance with section 257MV;
“component activities” means the carrying on of a qualifying trade or preparing to carry on such a trade, which constitutes the relevant qualifying activity;
a “qualifying investment” means—
1. shares in the social enterprise, or
2. a qualifying debt investment in the social enterprise (see section 257L);
“qualifying holdings”, in relation to the social enterprise, is to be construed in accordance with section 286 (VCTs: qualifying holdings);
“relevant person” means a person who is a party to the arrangements or a person connected with such a party;
“relevant qualifying activity” means the qualifying trade or activity mentioned in section 257ML(1) for the purposes of which the investment raised money;
“relevant tax relief” has the meaning given by subsection (7).

7 “Relevant tax relief”—

a in relation to a qualifying debt investment, means SI relief in respect of that investment;

b in relation to shares, means one or more of the following—

i SI relief in respect of the shares;

ii EIS relief (within the meaning of Part 5) in respect of the shares;

iii SEIS relief (within the meaning of Part 5A) in respect of the shares;

iv relief under Chapter 6 of Part 4 (losses on disposal of shares) in respect of the shares;

v relief under section 150A or 150E of TCGA 1992 (EIS and SEIS) in respect of the shares;

vi relief under Schedule 5B to that Act (EIS: reinvestment) in consequence of which deferral relief is attributable to the shares (see paragraph 19(2) of that Schedule);

vii relief under Schedule 5BB to that Act (SEIS: re-investment) in consequence of which SEIS re-investment relief is attributable to the shares (see paragraph 4 of that Schedule).

1 Section 257SH (power to require information where reason to believe SI relief may not be due because of certain kinds of arrangements, etc) is amended as follows.

2 In subsection (1) after “257LE,” insert “ 257LEA, ”.

3 In subsection (4) at the appropriate place insert—

Limits on amounts that may be invested¶

1 In the italic heading before section 257M, after “enterprise” insert “ : general ”.

2 Omit sections 257MA and 257MB (which are superseded by the provision inserted by sub-paragraph (3) below).

3 After section 257MN insert—

Limits on amounts that may be invested

257MNA Maximum amount where investment made in first 7 years

1 This section applies where—

a the investment is made before the end of the period of 7 years beginning with the relevant first commercial sale, or

b the investment is made after that period but—

i a relevant investment was made in the social enterprise before the end of that period, and

ii some or all of the money raised by that relevant investment was employed for the purposes of (or of part of) the qualifying activity for which the money raised by the investment is employed.

2 Where this section applies, the total amount of relevant investments made in the social enterprise on or before the date when the investment is made must not exceed £1.5 million.

3 The reference in subsection (2) to relevant investments “made in the social enterprise” is to be read with section 257MNB.

4 In this section—

“qualifying activity” means—
1. a qualifying trade within paragraph (a) of section 257ML(1) carried on by the social enterprise or a 90% social subsidiary of the social enterprise, or
2. an activity within paragraph (b) of section 257ML(1) so carried on;
“the relevant first commercial sale” has the meaning given by section 175A(6), reading—
1. references to the issuing company as references to the social enterprise,
2. references to the issue date as references to the investment date, and
3. references to money raised by the issue of the relevant shares as references to money raised by the investment;
“relevant investment” has the meaning given by section 173A(3) (reading references in section 173A(3) to a company as including any social enterprise).

5 Section 173A(4) and (5) apply to determine for the purposes of this section when a relevant investment is made.

6 Where the social enterprise is an accredited social impact contractor—

a the reference in subsection (1)(a) to the relevant first commercial sale is to be read as a reference to the date on which the social enterprise first entered into a social impact contract;

b the reference in subsection (1)(b) to the qualifying activity mentioned there is to be read as a reference to the carrying out of the social impact contract for which the money raised by the investment is employed.

7 For provision about maximum amounts where this section does not apply, see section 257MNC.

257MNB Section 257MNA: supplementary

1 In section 257MNA(2) the reference to relevant investments “made in the social enterprise” includes—

a relevant investments made in a company which, at the material date, is or has been a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise,

b any other relevant investment made in a company to the extent that the money raised by that relevant investment has been employed for the purposes of a trade carried on by another company (“company X”) which, at the material date, is or has been a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, and

c any other relevant investment made in a company if—

i the money raised by that relevant investment has been employed for the purposes of a trade carried on by that company or another person, and

ii after that relevant investment was made, but on or before the material date, that trade became a transferred trade (see subsection (5)).

2 The investments within paragraph (a) of subsection (1)—

a include investments made in a company mentioned in that paragraph before it became a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, but

b where a company mentioned in that paragraph is not a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at the material date, do not include any investments made in that company after it last ceased to be such a subsidiary.

3 For the purposes of subsection (1)(b), where company X is not a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at the material date, any money employed after company X last ceased to be such a subsidiary is to be ignored.

4 Where only a proportion of the money raised by a relevant investment is employed for the purposes of a trade which becomes a transferred trade, only the corresponding proportion of that relevant investment is to be treated as falling within subsection (1)(c).

5 For the purposes of this section, if—

a on or before the material date a trade is transferred—

i to the social enterprise,

ii to a company which, at the material date, is or has been a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, or

iii to a partnership of which the social enterprise, or a company within sub-paragraph (ii), is a member, and

b the trade or part of it was at any time before the transfer carried on by another person,

the trade or part mentioned in paragraph (b) becomes a “ transferred trade ” when it is transferred as mentioned in paragraph (a).

6 The cases within subsection (5)(a)—

a include the case where the trade is transferred to a company within subsection (5)(a)(ii), or a partnership of which such a company is a member, before the company became a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, but

b where a company within subsection (5)(a)(ii) is not a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at the material date, do not include the case where the trade is transferred to that company, or a partnership of which that company is a member, after that company last ceased to be such a subsidiary.

7 In this section—

“the material date” means the date on which the investment is made;
“relevant investment” has the meaning given by section 173A(3) (reading references in section 173A(3) to a company as including any social enterprise).

8 Section 173A(4) and (5) apply to determine for the purposes of this section when a relevant investment is made.

9 Section 173A(6) and (7) (meaning of “trade” etc) apply also for the purposes of this section.

257MNC Maximum amount for cases outside section 257MNA

1 This section applies where—

a the investment is made at any time after the period mentioned in section 257MNA(1)(a), and

b it is not the case that the conditions in section 257MNA(1)(b)(i) and (ii) are met.

2 Where this section applies—

a the total amount of relevant investments made in the social enterprise on or before the date when the investment is made must not exceed £1.5 million, and

b the amount invested must not be more than the amount mentioned in subsection (3).

3 That amount is the amount given by the formula—

(\frac{[euro] 200,000 - M}{RCG + RSI}) - T

where—

T is the total of any relevant investments made in the social enterprise in the aid period,

M is the total of any de minimis aid, other than relevant investments, that is granted during the aid period—

to the social enterprise, or
to a qualifying subsidiary of the social enterprise at a time when it is such a subsidiary,

RCG is the highest rate at which capital gains tax is charged in the aid period, and

RSI is the highest SI rate in the aid period.

4 In subsection (3) “the aid period” means the 3 years—

a ending with the day on which the investment is made, but

b in the case of that day, including only the part of the day before the investment is made.

5 In this section “de minimis aid” means de minimis aid which fulfils the conditions laid down—

a in Commission Regulation (EU) No. 1407/2013 (de minimis aid) as amended from time to time, or

b in any EU instrument from time to time replacing the whole or any part of that Regulation.

6 For the purposes of subsection (3), the amount of any de minimis aid is the amount of the grant or, if the aid is not in the form of a grant, the gross grant equivalent amount within the meaning of that Regulation as amended from time to time.

7 For the purposes of subsection (3), if—

a the investment or any relevant investment is made, or

b any aid is granted,

in sterling or any other currency that is not the euro, its amount is to be converted into euros at an appropriate spot rate of exchange for the date on which the investment is made or the aid is paid.

8 In this section “relevant investment” has the meaning given by section 173A(3) (reading references in section 173A(3) to a company as including any social enterprise).

9 Section 173A(4) and (5) apply to determine for the purposes of this section when a relevant investment is made.

10 Section 257MNB (which expands the meaning of “relevant investments made in the social enterprise”) applies for the purposes of each of subsections (2) and (3) above as it applies for the purposes of section 257MNA(2).

257MND Limit on investment in shorter applicable period

1 This section applies where condition A or condition B is met.

2 Condition A is that—

a a company becomes a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at any time during the shorter applicable period,

b all or part of the money raised by the investment is employed for the purposes of a qualifying activity which consists wholly or partly of a trade carried on by that company, and

c that trade (or part of it) was carried on by that company before it became a 51% subsidiary as mentioned in paragraph (a).

3 Condition B is that all or part of the money raised by the investment is employed for the purposes of a qualifying activity which consists wholly or partly of a trade which, during the shorter applicable period, becomes a transferred trade (see subsection (9)).

4 Where this section applies, at each time in the shorter applicable period (“the relevant time”) the total of the relevant investments made in the social enterprise before that time must not exceed £1.5 million.

5 In subsection (4) the reference to relevant investments “made in the social enterprise” includes—

a relevant investments made in a company which at any time before the relevant time has been a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise,

b any other relevant investment made in a company to the extent that the money raised by that relevant investment has been employed for the purposes of a trade carried on by another company (“company X”) which at any time before the relevant time has been a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, and

c any other relevant investment made in a company if—

i the money raised by that relevant investment has been employed for the purposes of a trade carried on by that company or another person, and

ii after that relevant investment was made, but before the relevant time, that trade (or part of it) became a transferred trade.

6 The investments within paragraph (a) of subsection (5)—

a include investments made in a company mentioned in that paragraph before it became a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, but

b where a company mentioned in that paragraph is not a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at the relevant time, do not include any investments made in that company after it last ceased to be such a subsidiary.

7 For the purposes of subsection (5)(b), where company X is not a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at the relevant time, any money employed after company X last ceased to be such a subsidiary is to be ignored.

8 Where only a proportion of the money raised by a relevant investment is employed for the purposes of a trade which becomes a transferred trade, only the corresponding proportion of that relevant investment is to be treated as falling within subsection (5)(c).

9 For the purposes of this section, if—

a before the relevant time, a trade is transferred—

i to the social enterprise,

ii to a company which, at the relevant time, is or has been a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, or

iii to a partnership of which the social enterprise, or a company within sub-paragraph (ii), is a member, and

b the trade or part of it was at any time before the transfer carried on by another person,

the trade or part mentioned in paragraph (b) becomes a “ transferred trade ” when it is transferred as mentioned in paragraph (a).

10 The cases within subsection (9)(a)—

a include the case where the trade is transferred to a company within subsection (9)(a)(ii), or a partnership of which such a company is a member, before the company became a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise, but

b where a company within subsection (9)(a)(ii) is not a 51% subsidiary of the social enterprise at the relevant time, do not include the case where the trade is transferred to that company, or a partnership of which that company is a member, after that company last ceased to be such a subsidiary.

11 In this section—

“qualifying activity” has the same meaning as in section 257MNA (see subsection (4) of that section);
“relevant investment” has the meaning given by section 173A(3) (reading references in section 173A(3) to a company as including any social enterprise).

12 Section 173A(4) and (5) apply to determine for the purposes of this section when a relevant investment is made.

13 Section 173A(6) and (7) (meaning of “trade” etc) apply also for the purposes of this section.

257MNE Power to amend limits on amounts that may be invested

1 The Treasury may by regulations substitute a different figure for the figure for the time being specified in section 257MNA(2), 257MNC(2) or (3) or 257MND(4).

2 Regulations under this section may make incidental, supplemental, consequential, transitional or saving provision.

3 Regulations under this section may not be made unless a draft of the instrument containing them has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, the House of Commons.

4 In section 1014 (orders and regulations), in subsection (5)(b) (orders and regulations excluded from subsection (4)) for sub-paragraph (iiia) substitute—

Number of employees limit¶

7In section 257MH (the number of employees requirement), in each of subsections (1) and (2) for “500” substitute “ 250 ”.

Financial health requirement¶

8After section 257MI insert—

Purposes for which money raised can be used¶

1 Section 257MM (requirement to use money raised and to trade for minimum period) is amended as follows.

2 After subsection (3) insert—

3 In subsection (7)(c) after “(3),” insert “ (3A), ”.

Excluded activities¶

1 Section 257MQ (meaning of “excluded activity”) is amended as set out in sub-paragraphs (2) to (4).

2 In subsection (1)—

a in paragraph (b) omit “(but see subsection (2))”;

b after paragraph (b) insert—

;

c omit paragraph (f) (subsidised generation or export of electricity).

3 Omit subsection (2).

4 After subsection (2) insert—

5 After section 257MQ insert—

257MQA Excluded activities: nursing homes and residential care homes

1 This section supplements section 257MQ(1)(bc).

2 “Nursing home” means any establishment which exists wholly or mainly for the provision of nursing care—

a for persons suffering from sickness, injury or infirmity, or

b for women who are pregnant or have given birth.

3 “Residential care home” means any establishment which exists wholly or mainly for the provision of residential accommodation, together with board and personal care, for persons in need of personal care because of—

a old age,

b mental or physical disability,

c past or present dependence on alcohol or drugs,

d any past illnesses, or

e past or present mental disorder.

4 The activities of a person are not to be taken to fall within section 257MQ(1)(bc) unless that person has an estate or interest in, or is in occupation of, the nursing home or residential care home in question.

6 Omit section 257MS (subsidised generation or export of electricity).

PART 2 Consequential amendments¶

1 ITA 2007 is amended as follows.

2 In section 178A (EIS: the no disqualifying arrangements requirement), in subsection (6), in the definition of “relevant tax relief” after paragraph (b) insert—

3 In section 257CF (SEIS: the no disqualifying arrangements requirement), in subsection (6), in the definition of “relevant tax relief” after paragraph (b) insert—

4 In section 299A (VCTs: the no disqualifying arrangements requirement), in subsection (6), in the definition of “relevant tax relief” after paragraph (c) insert—

12In Schedule 6 to FA 2015 (investment reliefs: excluded activities) omit paragraph 13 (which is superseded by paragraph 10 of this Schedule).

13In Part 2 of Schedule 24 to FA 2016 (tax advantages about which information may be obtained from certain persons), after the entry relating to relief granted to investors in a company under the enterprise investment scheme insert—

PART 3 Commencement¶

1 The amendments made by paragraphs 3 and 6 to 9 have effect in relation to investments made on or after 6 April 2017.

2 Nothing in sub-paragraph (1) prevents investments made before 6 April 2017 from constituting “relevant investments” for any purpose of section 257MNA, 257MNB, 257MNC or 257MND of ITA 2007.

3 Subject to sub-paragraph (4), the amendments made by paragraphs 4 and 5 have effect in relation to investments made on or after 6 April 2017.

4 Arrangements which include any transaction entered into before 6 April 2017 are not “disqualifying arrangements” for the purposes of section 257LEA of ITA 2007.

15The amendments made by paragraph 10—

a so far as they apply for the purposes of section 257JD of ITA 2007, come into force on 6 April 2017;

b so far as they apply for the purposes of sections 257MJ and 257MP of ITA 2007, have effect in relation to investments made on or after 6 April 2017.

1 Subject to sub-paragraph (3), the amendments made by paragraph 11(2) and (3) have effect in relation to shares issued on or after 6 April 2017.

2 Subject to sub-paragraph (3), the amendment made by paragraph 11(4) has effect for the purpose of determining whether shares or securities issued on or after 6 April 2017 are to be regarded as comprised in a company's qualifying holdings.

3 The amendments made by paragraph 11 do not have effect for the purposes of determining any question whether particular arrangements which include any transaction entered into before 6 April 2017 are “disqualifying arrangements” for the purposes of section 178A, 257CF or 299A of ITA 2007.

SCHEDULE 2 ¶

Trades and property businesses: calculation of profits

Section 16

PART 1 Trades etc: amendments of ITTOIA 2005¶

1ITTOIA 2005 is amended as follows.

2For section 33A (cash basis: capital expenditure) substitute—

33A Cash basis: capital expenditure

1 This section applies in relation to the calculation of the profits of a trade on the cash basis.

2 No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the acquisition or disposal of a business or part of a business.

3 No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, education or training.

4 No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the provision, alteration or disposal of—

a any asset that is not a depreciating asset (see subsections (6) and (7)),

b any asset not acquired or created for use on a continuing basis in the trade,

c a car (see subsection (14)),

d land,

e a non-qualifying intangible asset (see subsections (8) to (11)), or

f a financial asset (see subsection (12)).

5 But subsection (4)(d) does not prevent a deduction being made for expenditure that—

a is incurred on the provision of a depreciating asset which, in being provided, is installed or otherwise fixed to land so as to become, in law, part of the land, but

b is not incurred on, or in connection with, the provision of—

i a building,

ii a wall, floor, ceiling, door, gate, shutter or window or stairs,

iii a waste disposal system,

iv a sewerage or drainage system, or

v a shaft or other structure in which a lift, hoist, escalator or moving walkway may be installed.

6 An asset is a “depreciating” asset if, on the date the item of a capital nature is incurred, it is reasonable to expect that before the end of 20 years beginning with that date—

a the useful life of the asset will end, or

b the asset will decline in value by 90% or more.

7 The useful life of an asset ends when it could no longer be of use to any person for any purpose as an asset of a business.

8 “Intangible asset” means anything that is capable of being an intangible asset within the meaning of FRS 105 and, in particular, includes—

a an internally-generated intangible asset, and

b intellectual property.

9 An intangible asset is “non-qualifying” unless, by virtue of having a fixed maximum duration, it must cease to exist before the end of 20 years beginning with the date on which the item of a capital nature is incurred.

10 An intangible asset is “non-qualifying” if it consists of a right, whether conditional or not, to obtain an intangible asset without a fixed maximum duration by virtue of which that asset must, assuming the right is exercised at the last possible time, cease to exist before the end of 20 years beginning with the date on which the item of a capital nature is incurred.

11 Where—

a the trader has an intangible asset, and

b the trader grants a licence or any other right in respect of that asset to another person,

any intangible asset that consists of a licence or other right granted to the trader in respect of the intangible asset mentioned in paragraph (a) is “non-qualifying”.

12 A “financial asset” means any right under or in connection with—

a a financial instrument, or

b an arrangement that is capable of producing a return that is economically equivalent to a return produced under any financial instrument.

13 A reference to acquisition, provision, alteration or disposal includes potential acquisition, provision, alteration or (as the case may be) disposal.

14 In this section—

“arrangement” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable);
“building” includes any fixed structure;
“car” has the same meaning as in Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 268A of that Act);
“financial instrument” has the same meaning as in FRS 105;
“FRS 105” means Financial Reporting Standard 105 (the Financial Reporting Standard applicable to the Micro-entities Regime), issued by the Financial Reporting Council in July 2015;
“intellectual property” means—
1. any patent, trade mark, registered design, copyright or design right, plant breeders' rights or rights under section 7 of the Plant Varieties Act 1997,
2. any right under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom corresponding or similar to a right within paragraph (a),
3. any information or technique not protected by a right within paragraph (a) or (b) but having industrial, commercial or other economic value, or
4. any licence or other right in respect of anything within paragraph (a), (b) or (c);
“provision” includes creation, construction or acquisition;
“the trader” means the person carrying on the trade.

3In section 95A (application of Chapter 6 of Part 2 (trade profits: receipts) to the cash basis)—

a the existing text becomes subsection (1),

b in that subsection, omit the entry relating to section 96A, and

c after that subsection insert—

1 Section 96A (cash basis: capital receipts) is amended as follows.

2 For the heading substitute “ Capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis ”.

3 For subsections (1) to (3) substitute—

1 This section applies in relation to a trade carried on by a person in two cases—

a Case 1 (see subsections (2) to (3A)), and

b Case 2 (see subsections (3B) to (3E)).

2 Case 1 is a case in which conditions A and B are met.

3 Condition A is that the person receives disposal proceeds or a capital refund in relation to an asset at a time when an election under section 25A (cash basis for trades) has effect in relation to the trade.For the meaning of “disposal proceeds” and “capital refund” see subsections (3F) and (3G).

3A Condition B is that—

a an amount of capital expenditure (see subsection (3H)) relating to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis, or

b an amount of capital expenditure relating to the asset which—

i has been incurred (or treated as incurred) by the person before the tax year for which the person last entered the cash basis, and

ii is cash basis deductible in relation to that tax year (see section 96B(4)),

has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade for a tax year for which no election under section 25A had effect in relation to the trade.

3B Case 2 is a case in which—

a condition C is met, and

b condition D or E is met.

3C Condition C is that disposal proceeds or a capital refund arise to the person in relation to an asset at a time—

a when no election under section 25A has effect in relation to the trade, and

b which is after a time when such an election had had effect in relation to the trade.

3D Condition D is that an amount of capital expenditure relating to the asset—

a has been paid at a time when an election under section 25A had effect in relation to the trade,

b has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis, and

c on the assumption that an election under section 25A had not had effect at the time the expenditure was paid, would not have been qualifying expenditure.

3E Condition E is that an amount of capital expenditure relating to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade for a tax year—

a for which no election under section 25A had effect in relation to the trade, and

b which is before the tax year for which the person last entered the cash basis.

The reference in this subsection to expenditure brought into account does not include a reference to expenditure brought into account under CAA 2001 (see section 96B(5)).

3F “Disposal proceeds” means—

a any proceeds arising from the disposal of an asset or any part of it,

b any proceeds arising from the grant of any right in respect of, or any interest in, the asset, or

c any amount of damages, proceeds of insurance or other compensation received in respect of the asset.

See also subsections (4) and (5) for circumstances in which a person is to be regarded as disposing of an asset.

3G “Capital refund” means an amount that is (in substance) a refund of capital expenditure relating to an asset.

3H “Capital expenditure” means expenditure of a capital nature incurred, or treated as incurred, on or in connection with—

a the provision, alteration or disposal of an asset, or

b the potential provision, alteration or disposal of an asset.

3I The disposal proceeds or capital refund mentioned in condition A or (as the case may be) condition C are to be brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the trade.

3J In a case where only part of the total capital expenditure incurred, or treated as incurred, by the person in relation to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade (whether or not on the cash basis), the amount brought into account under subsection (3I) is proportionately reduced.The reference in this subsection to expenditure brought into account includes a reference to expenditure brought into account under CAA 2001 (see section 96B(5)).

3K Subsection (3I) does not apply if the whole of the amount which would otherwise be brought into account under that subsection—

a has already been brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the trade under this section,

b is brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the trade under any other provision of this Part (except section 240D(3) (assets not fully paid for)), or

c is brought into account under any Part of CAA 2001 as a disposal value.

3L If part of the amount which would otherwise be brought into account under subsection (3I) has already been or is brought into account as mentioned in subsection (3K), subsection (3I) applies in relation to the remainder of that amount.

4 Omit subsection (7).

5After section 96A insert—

96B Section 96A: supplementary provision

1 This section has effect for the purposes of section 96A.

2 Any question as to whether or to what extent expenditure is brought into account in calculating the profits of a trade is to be determined on such basis as is just and reasonable in all the circumstances.

3 A person carrying on a trade “enters the cash basis” for a tax year if—

a an election under section 25A has effect in relation to the trade for the tax year, and

b no such election had effect in relation to the trade for the previous tax year.

4 Expenditure is “cash basis deductible” in relation to a tax year if, on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in that tax year, a deduction would be allowed in respect of the expenditure in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis for that tax year.

5 Expenditure is “brought into account under CAA 2001” in calculating the profits of a trade if and to the extent that—

a a capital allowance made under Part 2, 5, 6, 7 or 8 of that Act in respect of the expenditure is treated as an expense in calculating those profits (see, for example, section 247 of that Act), or

b qualifying expenditure (within the meaning of Part 2, 7 or 8 of CAA 2001) is allocated to a pool for the trade and is set-off against different disposal receipts.

6 An amount of qualifying expenditure is “set-off against different disposal receipts” if—

a the amount would have been unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward in the pool for the trade, but

b the amount is not so carried forward because (and only because) one or more disposal values in respect of one or more assets, other than the asset in respect of which the qualifying expenditure was incurred (or treated as incurred), have at any time been brought into account in that pool.

7 For the purposes of subsection (6), an amount of qualifying expenditure incurred (or treated as incurred) by a person is not to be regarded as not carried forward because the person enters the cash basis.

8 In this section and in section 96A—

“disposal value” means—
1. in section 96A(3K)(c)—
  1. a disposal value for the purposes of Part 2, 4A, 5, 6, 7 8 or 10 of CAA 2001 (for example, in relation to Part 2 of that Act, see (in particular) section 61 of that Act), or
  2. proceeds from a balancing event for the purposes of Part 3 or 3A of that Act (see sections 316 and 360O of that Act), and
2. in subsection (6), a disposal value for the purposes of—
  1. Part 2 of that Act (see, in particular, section 61 of that Act),
  2. Part 7 of that Act (see section 462 of that Act), or
  3. Part 8 of that Act (see sections 476 and 477 of that Act);
“market value amount” means the amount that would be regarded as normal and reasonable—
1. in the market conditions then prevailing, and
2. between persons dealing with each other at arm's length in the open market;
“pool” means—
1. the main pool or a class pool to which qualifying expenditure is allocated under Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 54 of that Act),
2. a pool to which qualifying expenditure is allocated under Part 7 of that Act (see section 456 of that Act), or
3. a pool to which qualifying expenditure is allocated under Part 8 of that Act (see section 470 of that Act);
“provision” includes creation, construction or acquisition;
“qualifying expenditure” means—
1. qualifying expenditure within the meaning of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 11(4) of that Act for the general rule),
2. qualifying expenditure within the meaning of Part 5 of that Act (see section 395 of that Act),
3. qualifying expenditure within the meaning of Part 6 of that Act (see section 439 of that Act),
4. qualifying expenditure within the meaning of Part 7 of that Act (see section 454 of that Act), or
5. qualifying trade expenditure within the meaning of Part 8 of that Act (see section 468 of that Act);
“unrelieved qualifying expenditure” means unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the purposes of—
1. Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 59(1) and (2) of that Act),
2. Part 7 of that Act (see section 461 of that Act), or
3. Part 8 of that Act (see section 475 of that Act).

6In section 106D (capital receipts), for “(cash basis: capital receipts)” substitute “ (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis) ”.

1 Section 240C (unrelieved qualifying expenditure) is amended as follows.

2 For the heading substitute “ Unrelieved qualifying expenditure: Parts 2, 7 and 8 of CAA 2001 ”.

3 In subsection (1)(b), after “unrelieved qualifying expenditure” insert “ relating to the trade ”.

4 In subsection (3), for “the relevant portion of the expenditure” substitute “ any cash basis deductible amount of the expenditure ”.

5 For subsection (4) substitute—

6 In subsection (5), for “The relevant portion” substitute “ Any cash basis deductible amount ”.

7 After subsection (5) insert—

8 For subsection (6) substitute—

8After section 240C insert—

240CA Unrelieved qualifying expenditure: Part 5 of CAA 2001

1 This section applies if a person carrying on a mineral extraction trade enters the cash basis for a tax year (“the current tax year”).

2 But this section does not apply if section 240D applies.

3 In calculating the profits of the trade for the current tax year, a deduction is allowed for any amount of expenditure—

a which would, apart from section 419A(1) of CAA 2001, have been unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the current tax year, and

b for which a deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the current tax year.

4 In this section—

“mineral extraction trade” has the meaning given in section 394 of CAA 2001;
“unrelieved qualifying expenditure” means unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the purposes of Part 5 of CAA 2001 (see section 419 of that Act).

1 Section 240D (assets not fully paid for) is amended as follows.

2 In subsection (1)(b), for “obtained” to the end substitute “ incurred relevant expenditure, and ”.

3 After subsection (1) insert—

4 In subsection (4), for “The amount of any capital allowance obtained in respect of expenditure on the provision of any plant or machinery” substitute “ Any question as to whether or to what extent expenditure is relevant expenditure, or as to whether or to what extent any capital allowance obtained is in respect of relevant expenditure, ”.

5 In subsection (5), after “given” insert “ under Part 2 of CAA 2001 ”.

6 Omit subsection (6).

10In section 786(6) (meaning of “rent-a-room receipts”), for “(capital receipts)” substitute “ (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis) ”.

11In section 805(5) (meaning of “qualifying care receipts”), for “(capital receipts)” substitute “ (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis) ”.

PART 2 Property businesses: amendments of ITTOIA 2005¶

12ITTOIA 2005 is amended as follows.

13In Chapter 3 of Part 3 (profits of property businesses: basic rules), after section 271 insert—

Basis of calculation of profits

271A Basis of calculation of profits: GAAP required

1 The profits of a property business for a tax year must be calculated in accordance with GAAP if condition A, B, C, D or E is met.

2 Condition A is that the business is carried on at any time in the tax year by—

a a company,

b a limited liability partnership,

c a corporate firm, or

d the trustees of a trust.

3 For the purposes of subsection (2) a firm is a “corporate firm” if a partner in the firm is not an individual.

4 Condition B is that the cash basis receipts for the tax year exceed £150,000.

5 In subsection (4) “the cash basis receipts for the tax year” means the total of the amounts that would be brought into account as receipts in calculating the profits of the property business for the tax year on the cash basis (see section 271D).

6 If the property business is carried on for only part of the tax year, the sum given in subsection (4) is proportionately reduced.

7 Condition C is that—

a the property business is carried on by an individual (“P”),

b a share of joint property income is brought into account in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year,

c a share of that joint property income is brought into account in calculating the profits for the tax year of a property business carried on by another individual (“Q's property business”), and

d the profits of Q's property business for the tax year are calculated in accordance with GAAP.

8 In subsection (7) “joint property income” means income to which P and Q are treated for income tax purposes as beneficially entitled in equal shares by virtue of section 836 of ITA 2007.

9 Condition D is that—

a an allowance under Part 3A of CAA 2001 (business premises renovation allowances) is made at any time in calculating the profits of the property business, and

b if the profits of the business were to be calculated in accordance with GAAP for the tax year, there would be a day in the tax year on which the occurrence of a balancing event (within the meaning of that Part) would give rise to a balancing adjustment for the tax year (see section 360M of that Act).

10 Condition E is that an election under this subsection made by the person who is or has been carrying on the property business has effect in relation to the business for the tax year.

11 An election under subsection (10) must be made on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for the tax year for which the election is made.

12 The Treasury may by regulations—

a amend subsection (2);

b amend subsection (4) so as to substitute another sum for the sum for the time being specified in that subsection.

13 A statutory instrument containing regulations under subsection (12) may not be made unless a draft of the instrument has been laid before, and approved by a resolution of, the House of Commons.

14 Subsection (13) does not apply if the regulations omit one or more paragraphs of subsection (2) and make no other provision.

271B Calculation of profits in accordance with GAAP

1 In this Part, references to calculating the profits of a property business in accordance with GAAP are to calculating the profits in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice, subject to any adjustment required or authorised by law in calculating profits for income tax purposes.

2 A requirement under this Part to calculate profits in accordance with GAAP does not—

a require a person to comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 or subordinate legislation made under that Act except as to the basis of calculation, or

b impose any requirements as to audit or disclosure.

3 See section 272 (application of trading income rules: GAAP) which applies only where profits are calculated in accordance with GAAP.

271C Basis of calculation of profits: cash basis required

The profits of a property business for a tax year must be calculated on the cash basis if none of conditions A, B, C, D or E in section 271A is met.

271D Calculation of profits on the cash basis

1 In this Part, references to calculating the profits of a property business on the cash basis are to calculating the profits in accordance with subsections (2) and (3).

2 In calculating the profits, receipts of the business are brought into account at the time they are received, and expenses of the business are brought into account at the time they are paid.

3 Subsection (2) is subject to any adjustment required or authorised by law in calculating profits for income tax purposes.

4 For provision about the application of Chapter 4 (profits of property businesses: lease premiums etc) in relation to profits calculated on the cash basis, see section 276A.

5 For provision about the application of Chapter 5 (rules about deductions and receipts) in relation to profits calculated on the cash basis, see section 307A.

6 The following provisions apply only where profits are calculated on the cash basis—

a section 272ZA (application of trading income rules: cash basis), and

b Chapter 7A (cash basis: adjustments for capital allowances).

14In the italic heading before section 272, at the end insert “ : application of trading income rules ”.

15After that italic heading insert—

1 Section 272 (profits of a property business: application of trading income rules) is amended as follows.

2 For the heading substitute “ Application of trading income rules: GAAP ”.

3 Omit subsection (1).

4 In subsection (2), for the words before the table substitute “ In relation to a property business whose profits are calculated in accordance with GAAP, the provisions of Part 2 (trading income) which apply as a result of section 271E(1) are limited to the following— ”.

5 In the table in subsection (2), omit the entry relating to section 25 (generally accepted accounting practice).

17After section 272 insert—

272ZA Application of trading income rules: cash basis

1 In relation to a property business whose profits are calculated on the cash basis, the provisions of Part 2 (trading income) which apply as a result of section 271E(1) are limited to the following—

In Chapter 3 (basic rules)—
section 26	losses calculated on same basis as profits
section 28A	money's worth
section 29	interest
In Chapter 4 (rules restricting deductions)—
section 34	expenses not wholly and exclusively for trade and unconnected losses
sections 38 to 42 and 44	employee benefit contributions
sections 45 to 47	business entertainment and gifts
section 52	exclusion of double relief for interest
section 53	social security contributions
section 54	penalties, interest and VAT surcharges
section 55	crime-related payments
section 55A	expenditure on integral features
In Chapter 5 (rules allowing deductions)—
section 57	pre-trading expenses
sections 58 and 59	incidental costs of obtaining finance
section 69	payments for restrictive undertakings
sections 70 and 71	seconded employees
section 72	payroll deduction schemes: contributions to agents' expenses
sections 73 to 75	counselling and retraining expenses
sections 76 to 80	redundancy payments etc
section 81	personal security expenses
sections 82 to 86	contributions to local enterprise organisations or urban regeneration companies
sections 86A and 86B	contributions to flood and coastal erosion risk management projects
sections 87 and 88	scientific research
sections 89 and 90	expenses connected with patents, designs and trade marks
section 91	payments to Export Credits Guarantee Department
In Chapter 6 (receipts)—
section 96	capital receipts
section 97	debts incurred and later released
section 104	distribution of assets of mutual concerns
section 105(1) and (2)(b) and (c)	industrial development grants
section 106	sums recovered under insurance policies etc
In Chapter 6A (amounts not reflecting commercial transactions)—
section 106C	amounts not reflecting commercial transactions
section 106D	capital receipts
section 106E	gifts to charities etc
In Chapter 7 (gifts to charities etc)—
section 109	receipt by donor or connected person of benefit attributable to certain gifts

2 In those provisions, the expression “this Part” is to be read as a reference to those provisions as applied by subsection (1) and to the other provisions of Part 3.

3 In section 106D, the reference to subsection (4) or (5) of section 96A is to be read as a reference to subsection (2), (3) or (5) of section 307F (deemed capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis).

18After section 272ZA insert— “ Calculation of profits: other general rules ”.

19In section 272A (restricting deductions for finance costs related to residential property), after subsection (6) insert—

1 Section 274 (relationship between rules prohibiting and allowing deductions) is amended as follows.

2 For subsection (1)(b) substitute—

3 In subsection (3)—

a after “section 272” insert “ , or sections 38 and 55 as applied by section 272ZA ”, and

b for “section 272A” insert “ sections 272A and 307D ”.

4 In subsection (4), after “section 272” insert “ or 272ZA ”.

21In section 276(5) (introduction: profits of property businesses: lease premiums etc), after “292” insert “ ; but see also section 276A ”.

22After section 276 insert—

23In Chapter 5 of Part 3 (profits of property businesses: other rules about receipts and deductions), after the Chapter heading insert—

Cash basis: application of Chapter

307A Cash basis: application of Chapter

1 The following provisions of this Chapter apply only where the profits of a property business are calculated on the cash basis—

a section 307B (cash basis: capital expenditure),

b section 307C (cash basis: deduction for costs of loans), and

c section 307D (cash basis: modification of deduction for costs of loans).

2 Sections 307E and 307F make provision about capital receipts in certain cases where the profits of a property business are calculated on the cash basis or have previously been calculated on the cash basis.

Property businesses using cash basis

307B Cash basis: capital expenditure

1 This section applies in relation to the calculation of the profits of a property business on the cash basis.

2 No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the acquisition or disposal of a business or part of a business.

3 No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, education or training.

4 No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the provision, alteration or disposal of land.

5 But subsection (4) does not prevent a deduction being made for expenditure that—

a is incurred on the provision of a depreciating asset which, in being provided, is installed or otherwise fixed to qualifying land (see subsection (8)) so as to become, in law, part of the land, but

b is not incurred on, or in connection with, the provision of—

i a building,

ii a wall, floor, ceiling, door, gate, shutter or window or stairs,

iii a waste disposal system,

iv a sewerage or drainage system, or

v a shaft or other structure in which a lift, hoist, escalator or moving walkway may be installed.

6 No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the provision, alteration or disposal of an asset for use in ordinary residential property (see subsection (8)). But see section 311A (replacement domestic items relief).

7 If an asset is provided partly for use in ordinary residential property and partly for other purposes, such apportionment of the expenditure incurred on, or in connection with, the provision, alteration or disposal of the asset is to be made for the purposes of subsection (6) as is just and reasonable.

8 In relation to the calculation of profits for a tax year—

a “ordinary residential property” means a dwelling-house or part of a dwelling-house in relation to which an ordinary property business (see subsection (9)) is carried on in the tax year, and

b “qualifying land” means land not falling within paragraph (a).

9 “Ordinary property business” means—

a so much of a UK property business as does not consist of the commercial letting of furnished holiday accommodation (within the meaning of Chapter 6) in the UK, or

b so much of an overseas property business as does not consist of the commercial letting of furnished holiday accommodation in one or more EEA states.

10 No deduction is allowed for an item of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the provision, alteration or disposal of—

a any asset that is not a depreciating asset (see subsections (11) and (12)),

b any asset not acquired or created for use on a continuing basis in the property business,

c a car (see subsection (20)),

d a non-qualifying intangible asset (see subsections (13) to (16)), or

e a financial asset (see subsection (17)).

11 An asset is a “depreciating” asset if, on the date the item of a capital nature is incurred, it is reasonable to expect that before the end of 20 years beginning with that date—

a the useful life of the asset will end, or

b the asset will decline in value by 90% or more.

12 The useful life of an asset ends when it could no longer be of use to any person for any purpose as an asset of a business.

13 “Intangible asset” means anything that is capable of being an intangible asset within the meaning of FRS 105 and, in particular, includes—

a an internally-generated intangible asset, and

b intellectual property.

14 An intangible asset is “non-qualifying” unless, by virtue of having a fixed maximum duration, it must cease to exist before the end of 20 years beginning with the date on which the item of a capital nature is incurred.

15 An intangible asset is “non-qualifying” if it consists of a right, whether conditional or not, to obtain an intangible asset without a fixed maximum duration by virtue of which that asset must, assuming the right is exercised at the last possible time, cease to exist before the end of 20 years beginning with the date on which the item of a capital nature is incurred.

16 Where—

a the person carrying on the property business (“P”) has an intangible asset, and

b P grants a licence or any other right in respect of that asset to another person,

any intangible asset that consists of a licence or other right granted to P in respect of the intangible asset mentioned in paragraph (a) is “non-qualifying”.

17 A “financial asset” means any right under or in connection with—

a a financial instrument, or

b an arrangement that is capable of producing a return that is economically equivalent to a return produced under any financial instrument.

18 A reference to acquisition, provision, alteration or disposal includes potential acquisition, provision, alteration or (as the case may be) disposal.

19 If there is a letting of accommodation only part of which is furnished holiday accommodation, such apportionments as are just and reasonable in all the circumstances are to be made for the purposes of this section.

20 In this section—

“arrangement” includes any agreement, understanding, scheme, transaction or series of transactions (whether or not legally enforceable);
“building” includes any fixed structure;
“car” has the same meaning as in Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 268A of that Act);
“financial instrument” has the same meaning as in FRS 105;
“FRS 105” means Financial Reporting Standard 105 (the Financial Reporting Standard applicable to the Micro-entities Regime), issued by the Financial Reporting Council in July 2015;
“intellectual property” means—
1. any patent, trade mark, registered design, copyright or design right, plant breeders' rights or rights under section 7 of the Plant Varieties Act 1997,
2. any right under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom corresponding or similar to a right within paragraph (a),
3. any information or technique not protected by a right within paragraph (a) or (b) but having industrial, commercial or other economic value, or
4. any licence or other right in respect of anything within paragraph (a), (b) or (c);
“provision” includes creation, construction or acquisition.

307C Cash basis: deduction for costs of loans

1 Section 307D applies in calculating the profits of a property business for a tax year if conditions A to D are met.

2 Condition A is that the profits of the business are calculated on the cash basis for the tax year.

3 Condition B is that a deduction for costs of a loan is allowed in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year or, ignoring section 272A (restricting deductions for finance costs related to residential property) and section 307D (cash basis: modification of deduction for costs of loans), would be so allowed. In this section such a loan is referred to as a “relevant loan”.

4 Condition C is that an amount of the principal of one or more relevant loans is outstanding at the end time (and a relevant loan in respect of which such an amount is outstanding at the end time is referred to in this section as an “outstanding relevant loan”).

5 Condition D is that—

L > V

where—

L is the total outstanding amount of relevant loans (see subsections (6) and (7)), and

V is the sum of the values of all relevant properties (see subsections (8) to (10)).

6 The “total outstanding amount of relevant loans”—

a if there is only one outstanding relevant loan, is the outstanding business amount of that loan, and

b if there are two or more outstanding relevant loans, is found by calculating the outstanding business amount of each such loan and adding those amounts together.

7 The “outstanding business amount” of a relevant loan is given by—

\frac{X}{Y} \times A

where—

A is the amount of the principal of the loan which is outstanding at the end time,

X is the amount of the deduction for costs of the loan that would be allowed, apart from sections 272A and 307D, in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year, and

Y is the amount of the deduction for costs of the loan that would be allowed, apart from the wholly and exclusively rule and sections 272A and 307D, in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year.

8 A property is a “relevant property” if—

a it is involved in the property business at the end time, or

b although it is not involved in the business at the end time—

i it was last involved in the business at an earlier time in the tax year, and

ii the person carrying on the business holds the property throughout the period beginning with that earlier time and ending with the end time.

9 The “value” of a relevant property is the total of—

a the market value of the property at the time that it is first involved in the property business, and

b such amount of any expenditure of a capital nature incurred by the person carrying on the business in respect of the property as is not brought into account in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year or any previous tax year.

10 A property is “involved in the property business” if it is a property whose exploitation forms the whole or part of the business.

11 The “end time” is—

a the time immediately before the end of the tax year, or

b if in the tax year the person carrying on the business permanently ceases to carry it on, the time immediately before the person permanently ceases to carry on the business.

12 “Costs”, in relation to a loan, means—

a interest on the loan,

b an amount in connection with the loan that, for the person receiving or entitled to the amount, is a return in relation to the loan which is economically equivalent to interest, or

c incidental costs of obtaining finance by means of the loan.

13 Section 58(2) to (4) (meaning of “incidental costs of obtaining finance”) apply for the purposes of subsection (12)(c).

14 In this section—

“market value”, in relation to a property, means the price which the property might reasonably be expected to fetch—
1. in the market conditions then prevailing, and
2. between persons dealing with each other at arm's length in the open market;
“property” means an estate, interest or right in or over land;
“the wholly and exclusively rule” means the rule in section 34 (expenses not wholly and exclusively for trade and unconnected losses), as applied by section 272ZA (application of trading income rules: cash basis).

307D Cash basis: modification of deduction for costs of loans

1 Where section 307C provides that this section applies in calculating the profits of a property business for a tax year, the amount which is allowed as a deduction for costs of a loan in calculating the profits for the tax year is the non-adjusted deduction multiplied by the relevant fraction. This is subject to section 272A (restricting deductions for finance costs related to residential property).

2 “The non-adjusted deduction” means the deduction for costs of the loan that would be allowed, apart from section 272A and this section, in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year.

3 “The relevant fraction” means—

\frac{V}{L}

where V and L have the same meaning as in section 307C.

4 For the meaning of “costs of a loan” see section 307C.

Property businesses that use, or have used, cash basis

307E Capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis

1 This section applies in relation to a property business carried on by a person in two cases—

a Case 1 (see subsections (2) to (4)), and

b Case 2 (see subsections (5) to (8)).

2 Case 1 is a case in which conditions A and B are met.

3 Condition A is that the person receives disposal proceeds or a capital refund in relation to an asset in a tax year for which the profits of the property business are calculated on the cash basis (see section 271D).For the meaning of “disposal proceeds” and “capital refund” see subsections (9) and (10).

4 Condition B is that—

a an amount of capital expenditure (see subsection (11)) relating to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the property business on the cash basis, or

b an amount of relevant capital expenditure (see subsection (17)) relating to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the property business in accordance with GAAP (see section 271B)—

i by means of a deduction allowed under section 58 or 59 (incidental costs of obtaining finance) (as applied by section 272) or section 311A (replacement domestic items relief), or

ii under CAA 2001 (see subsection (20)).

5 Case 2 is a case in which—

a condition C is met, and

b condition D or E is met.

6 Condition C is that disposal proceeds or a capital refund arise to the person in relation to an asset in a tax year—

a for which the profits of the property business are calculated in accordance with GAAP, and

b which is after a tax year for which the profits of the business had been calculated on the cash basis.

7 Condition D is that an amount of capital expenditure relating to the asset—

a has been paid in a tax year for which the profits of the property business were calculated on the cash basis,

b has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the business on the cash basis, and

c on the assumption that the profits had not been calculated on the cash basis at the time the expenditure was paid, would not have been qualifying expenditure.

8 Condition E is that—

a an amount of capital expenditure relating to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the property business for a tax year in accordance with GAAP by means of a deduction allowed under section 58 or 59 (as applied by section 272) or section 311A, and

b that tax year is before the tax year for which the person last entered the cash basis.

9 “Disposal proceeds” means—

a any proceeds arising from the disposal of an asset or any part of it,

b any proceeds arising from the grant of any right in respect of, or any interest in, the asset, or

c any amount of damages, proceeds of insurance or other compensation received in respect of the asset.

See also section 307F for circumstances in which a person is to be regarded as disposing of an asset.

10 “Capital refund” means an amount that is (in substance) a refund of capital expenditure relating to an asset.

11 “Capital expenditure” means expenditure of a capital nature incurred, or treated as incurred, on or in connection with—

a the provision, alteration or disposal of an asset, or

b the potential provision, alteration or disposal of an asset.

12 The disposal proceeds or capital refund mentioned in condition A or (as the case may be) condition C are to be brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the property business.

13 In a case where only part of the total capital expenditure incurred, or treated as incurred, by the person in relation to the asset has been brought into account in calculating the profits of the property business (whether or not on the cash basis), the amount brought into account under subsection (12) is proportionately reduced. The reference in this subsection to expenditure brought into account includes a reference to expenditure brought into account under CAA 2001 (see subsection (20)).

14 Subsection (12) does not apply if the whole of the amount which would otherwise be brought into account under that subsection—

a has already been brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the property business under this section,

b is brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the business under any other provision of this Part (except section 334D(4) (assets not fully paid for)), or

c is brought into account under Part 2 or 3A of CAA 2001 as a disposal value.

The reference to any other provision of this Part in paragraph (b) includes a reference to any provision applied by section 272 or 272ZA.

15 If part of the amount which would otherwise be brought into account under subsection (12) has already been or is brought into account as mentioned in subsection (14), subsection (12) applies in relation to the remainder of that amount.

16 For the purposes of this section, any question as to whether or to what extent expenditure is brought into account in calculating the profits of a property business is to be determined on such basis as is just and reasonable in all the circumstances.

17 In subsection (4)(b) “relevant capital expenditure” means capital expenditure which—

a has been incurred (or treated as incurred) by the person before the tax year for which the person last entered the cash basis, and

b is cash basis deductible in relation to that tax year.

18 For the purposes of this section, a person carrying on a property business “enters the cash basis” for a tax year if the profits of the business are calculated—

a on the cash basis for the tax year, and

b in accordance with GAAP for the previous tax year.

19 Expenditure is “cash basis deductible” in relation to a tax year if, on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in that tax year, a deduction would be allowed in respect of the expenditure in calculating the profits of the property business on the cash basis for that tax year.

20 For the purposes of this section, expenditure is “brought into account under CAA 2001” in calculating the profits of a property business if and to the extent that—

a a capital allowance made under Part 2 of that Act in respect of the expenditure is treated as an expense in calculating those profits (see sections 248 to 250A of that Act), or

b qualifying expenditure (within the meaning of Part 2 of CAA 2001) is allocated to a pool for a relevant qualifying activity and is set-off against different disposal receipts.

21 An amount of qualifying expenditure is “set-off against different disposal receipts” if—

a the amount would have been unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward in the pool for the relevant qualifying activity, but

22 For the purposes of subsections (20) and (21), an activity is a “relevant qualifying activity” if—

a it is a qualifying activity mentioned in section 15(1)(b) to (da) of CAA 2001 (property business activities), and

b the property business consists of or includes that qualifying activity.

23 For the purposes of subsection (21), an amount of qualifying expenditure incurred (or treated as incurred) by a person is not to be regarded as not carried forward because the person enters the cash basis.

24 In this section—

“disposal value” means—
1. in subsection (14)(c)—
  1. a disposal value for the purposes of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see, in particular, section 61 of that Act), or
  2. proceeds from a balancing event for the purposes of Part 3A of that Act (see section 360O of that Act), and
2. in subsection (21), a disposal value for the purposes of Part 2 of that Act;
“pool” means the main pool or a class pool to which qualifying expenditure is allocated under Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 54 of that Act);
“provision” includes creation, construction or acquisition;
“qualifying expenditure” means qualifying expenditure within the meaning of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 11(4) of that Act for the general rule);
“unrelieved qualifying expenditure” means unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the purposes of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 59(1) and (2) of that Act).

307F Deemed capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis

1 This section makes provision supplementary to section 307E.

2 If—

a at any time a person ceases to use an asset or any part of it for the purposes of a property business (other than in the circumstances mentioned in subsection (5)), but

b the person does not dispose of the asset (or that part) at that time,

the person is to be regarded for the purposes of section 307E as disposing of the asset (or that part) at that time for an amount equal to the market value amount.

3 If at any time there is a material increase in the person's non-business use of an asset or any part of it, the person is to be regarded for the purposes of section 307E as disposing of the asset (or that part) at that time for an amount equal to the relevant proportion of the market value amount.

4 For the purposes of subsection (3)—

a there is an increase in a person's non-business use of an asset (or part of an asset) if—

i the proportion of the person's use of the asset (or that part) that is for the purposes of the property business decreases, and

ii the proportion of the person's use of the asset (or that part) that is for other purposes (the “non-business use”) increases;

b “the relevant proportion” is the difference between—

i the proportion of the person's use of the asset (or part of the asset) that is non-business use, and

ii the proportion of the person's use of the asset (or that part) that was non-business use before the increase mentioned in subsection (3).

5 If—

a the property business in respect of which capital expenditure relating to an asset has been brought into account as mentioned in section 307E is an overseas property business, and

b there is a move overseas,

the person is to be regarded for the purposes of section 307E as disposing of the asset at the time of the move overseas for an amount equal to the market value amount.

6 For the purposes of subsection (5) there is a “move overseas” if—

a the person ceases to be UK resident, or

b the tax year is, as respects the person, a split year, and the overseas part of the tax year is the later part.

7 The move overseas occurs—

a in a case falling within subsection (6)(a), on the last day of the tax year for which the person is UK resident, or

b in a case falling within subsection (6)(b), on the last day of the UK part of the tax year.

8 In this section—

“capital expenditure” has the same meaning as in section 307E,
“market value amount” means the amount that would be regarded as normal and reasonable—
1. in the market conditions then prevailing, and
2. between persons dealing with each other at arm's length in the open market.

24In section 311A (replacement domestic items relief), in subsection (15)—

a for the definition of “the capital expenditure rule” substitute—

;

b in the definition of “the wholly and exclusively rule”—

i omit “the rule in”, and

ii after “section 272” insert “ or 272ZA ”.

25In section 315 (deduction for expenditure on sea walls), after subsection (6) insert—

^F20426. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27After section 329 insert—

28In section 331 (income charged)—

a the existing text becomes subsection (1), and

b after that subsection insert—

29After section 334 insert—

Spreading of adjustment income on leaving cash basis

334A Spreading on leaving cash basis and related election

Sections 239A (spreading on leaving cash basis) and 239B (election to accelerate charge under section 239A) apply for the purposes of this Chapter as they apply for the purposes of Chapter 17 of Part 2, but as if—

a for section 239A(1) there were substituted—

, and

b any reference to section 239A or 239B were to the section concerned as applied by this section.

CHAPTER 7A Cash basis: adjustments for capital allowances

334B “Entering the cash basis”

For the purposes of this Chapter, a person carrying on a property business enters the cash basis for a tax year if the profits of the business are calculated—

a on the cash basis for the tax year (see section 271D), and

b in accordance with GAAP (see section 271B) for the previous tax year.

334C Unrelieved qualifying expenditure

1 This section applies if—

a a person carrying on a property business enters the cash basis for a tax year (“the current tax year”), and

b the person would, apart from section 59(4A) of CAA 2001, have unrelieved qualifying expenditure relating to a relevant property business activity to carry forward from the chargeable period which is the previous tax year.

2 But this section does not apply if section 334D applies.

3 In calculating the profits of the property business for the current tax year, a deduction is allowed for any cash basis deductible amount of the expenditure relating to each relevant property business activity.

4 A “cash basis deductible amount” of the expenditure means any amount of the expenditure for which a deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the property business on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the current tax year.

5 Any cash basis deductible amount of the expenditure is to be determined on such basis as is just and reasonable in all the circumstances.

6 In this section—

“relevant property business activity” means—
1. in relation to a UK property business, an ordinary UK property business and a UK furnished holiday lettings business (within the meaning of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see sections 16 and 17 of that Act)), and
2. in relation to an overseas property business, an ordinary overseas property business and an EEA furnished holiday lettings business (within the meaning of Part 2 of that Act (see sections 17A and 17B of that Act));
“unrelieved qualifying expenditure” means unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the purposes of Part 2 of CAA 2001 (see section 59(1) and (2) of that Act).

334D Assets not fully paid for

1 This section applies if—

a a person carrying on a property business enters the cash basis for a tax year (“the current tax year”),

b at any time before the end of the chargeable period which is the previous tax year the person has incurred relevant expenditure, and

c not all of the relevant expenditure has actually been paid by the person.

2 “Relevant expenditure” means expenditure on plant or machinery—

a for which a deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the property business on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the current tax year, and

b in respect of which the person has obtained capital allowances.

3 If the amount of the relevant expenditure that the person has actually paid exceeds the amount of capital allowances given in respect of the relevant expenditure, the difference is to be deducted in calculating the profits of the property business for the current tax year.

4 If the amount of the relevant expenditure that the person has actually paid is less than the amount of capital allowances given in respect of the relevant expenditure, the difference is to be treated as a receipt in calculating the profits of the property business for the current tax year.

5 Any question as to whether or to what extent expenditure is relevant expenditure, or as to whether or to what extent any capital allowance obtained is in respect of relevant expenditure, is to be determined on such basis as is just and reasonable in all the circumstances.

6 If the amount of capital allowances given in respect of the relevant expenditure has been reduced under section 205 or 207 of CAA 2001 (reduction where asset provided or used only partly for qualifying activity), the amount of the relevant expenditure that the person has actually paid is to be proportionately reduced for the purposes of this section.

334E Effect of election where predecessor and successor are connected persons

1 This section applies if—

a a person carrying on a property business enters the cash basis for a tax year,

b the person is the successor for the purposes of section 266 of CAA 2001, and

c as a result of an election under that section, relevant plant or machinery is treated as sold by the predecessor to the successor at any time during the tax year.

2 The provisions of this Chapter have effect in relation to the successor as if everything done to or by the predecessor had been done to or by the successor.

3 Any expenditure actually incurred by the successor on acquiring the relevant plant or machinery is to be ignored for the purposes of calculating the profits of the property business for the tax year.

4 In this section—

“the predecessor” has the same meaning as in section 266 of CAA 2001, and
“relevant plant or machinery” has the same meaning as in section 267 of that Act.

30In section 351 (income charged), after subsection (2) insert—

31In section 353 (basic meaning of “post-cessation receipt”), after subsection (1) insert—

32In section 356 (application to businesses within the charge to corporation tax), in subsection (1), for “section 355” substitute “ sections 353(1A) and 355, and in the modification of section 254 in section 351(3) ”.

33In section 786 (meaning of “rent-a-room receipts”), after subsection (6) insert—

34In section 860 (adjustment income), in subsection (5), after “Chapter 17 of Part 2” insert “ , or under section 239B as applied to property businesses by section 334A, ”.

35In section 866 (employee benefit contributions: non-trades and non-property businesses), in subsection (7)(b), for “section 272” substitute “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”.

36In section 867 (business entertainment and gifts: non-trades and non-property businesses), in subsection (7)(b), for “section 272” substitute “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”.

37In section 868 (social security contributions: non-trades etc), in subsection (6)(b), for “section 272” insert “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”.

38In section 869 (penalties, interest and VAT surcharges: non-trades etc), in subsection (6)(b), for “section 272” substitute “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”.

39In section 870 (crime-related payments: non-trades and non-property businesses), in subsection (4)(b), for “section 272” substitute “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”.

40In section 872 (losses calculated on same basis as miscellaneous income), in subsection (4)(b), for “section 272” substitute “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”.

41In Part 2 of Schedule 4 (index of defined expressions), at the appropriate place insert—

PART 3 Trades etc: amendments of other Acts¶

TMA 1970¶

42In section 42 of TMA 1970 (procedure for making claims etc), in subsection (7)(e), after “194” insert “ , 271A(10) ”.

TCGA 1992¶

43TCGA 1992 is amended as follows.

44In section 37 (consideration chargeable to tax on income), after subsection (1) insert—

1A There is to be excluded from the consideration for a disposal of an asset taken into account in the computation of the gain a sum equal to any amount that is taken into account by the person making the disposal as a receipt under section 96A or 307E of ITTOIA 2005 (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis) as a result of the operation of any deemed disposal provision in relation to the asset.

1B But subsection (1A) applies only to the extent that the sum has not been excluded from the consideration for an earlier disposal of the asset.

1C The following are “deemed disposal provisions”—

a in relation to trades, professions and vocations, subsections (4) and (5) of section 96A of ITTOIA 2005 (which provide for circumstances in which a person is to be regarded as disposing of an asset for the purposes of that section), and

b in relation to property businesses, section 307F of ITTOIA 2005 (which provides for circumstances in which a person is to be regarded as disposing of an asset for the purposes of section 307E of that Act).

1 Section 41 (restriction of losses by reference to capital allowances etc) is amended as follows.

2 In subsection (4), after paragraph (a) insert—

3 After subsection (6) insert—

4 In subsection (7), after “Capital Allowances Act,” insert “ and subsection (6A) does not apply, ”.

5 After subsection (8) insert—

9 In this section—

a in relation to a trade, profession or vocation, references to calculating profits on the cash basis are to calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation in relation to which an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 (cash basis for trades) has effect, and

b in relation to a property business, references to calculating profits on the cash basis are to be construed in accordance with section 271D of that Act (calculation of profits of property businesses on the cash basis).

10 In this section—

“capital expenditure” means expenditure of a capital nature incurred on, or in connection with, the creation, construction, acquisition, alteration or disposal of an asset, and
“property business” means a UK property business or an overseas property business within the meaning of Part 3 of ITTOIA 2005 (see sections 264 and 265 of that Act).

1 Section 47A (exemption for disposals by persons using cash basis) is amended as follows.

2 For the heading substitute “ Exemption for certain disposals under, or after leaving, cash basis ”.

3 In subsection (1), for “A to D” substitute “ A, B and D ”.

4 For subsection (2) substitute—

5 In subsection (3), for “or vocation” substitute “ , vocation or property business ”.

6 Omit subsection (4).

7 For subsection (5) substitute—

8 For subsection (6) substitute—

9 In subsection (7)—

a in paragraph (a), for “was, or (as the case may be)” to the end substitute “ qualified for capital allowances ”, and

b in paragraph (c), at the end insert “, or to the expenditure qualifying for capital allowances.

10 After subsection (7) insert—

47Section 47B (disposals made by persons after leaving cash basis) is omitted.

CAA 2001¶

48CAA 2001 is amended as follows.

49In section 1 (capital allowances), omit subsections (4) and (5).

50After section 1 insert—

1A Capital allowances and charges: cash basis

1 This section applies in relation to a chargeable period for which the profits of a trade, profession, vocation or property business (“the relevant activity”) carried on by a person are calculated on the cash basis.

2 The person is not entitled to any allowance or liable to any charge under this Act except as provided by subsections (4) and (7).

3 No disposal value is to be brought into account except as provided by subsections (5) and (8).

4 If, apart from subsection (2), the person would be entitled to an allowance in respect of expenditure incurred on the provision of a car or liable to a charge in connection with such an allowance, the person is so entitled or (as the case may be) so liable.

5 If, apart from subsection (3), a disposal value would be brought into account in respect of a car, the disposal value is brought into account in respect of the car.

6 Subsections (7) and (8) apply if—

a a person carrying on a relevant activity incurs qualifying expenditure relating to an asset at a time when the profits of that activity are not calculated on the cash basis,

b after incurring the expenditure, the person enters the cash basis for a tax year, and

c no deduction would be allowed in respect of the expenditure in calculating the profits of the relevant activity on the cash basis for that tax year, on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in that tax year.

7 If, apart from subsection (2), the person would be liable to a charge in connection with allowances in respect of the qualifying expenditure mentioned in subsection (6), the person is so liable.

8 If, apart from subsection (3), a disposal value would be brought into account in respect of the asset mentioned in subsection (6), the disposal value is brought into account in respect of the asset.

9 For the purposes of this section a person carrying on a trade, profession or vocation “enters the cash basis” for a tax year if—

a an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 (cash basis for trades) has effect in relation to the trade, profession or vocation for the tax year, and

b no such election has effect in relation to the trade, profession or vocation for the previous tax year.

10 For the purposes of this section a person carrying on a property business “enters the cash basis” for a tax year if the profits of the business are calculated—

a on the cash basis for the tax year (see section 271D of ITTOIA 2005), and

b in accordance with GAAP (see section 271B of that Act) for the previous tax year.

11 In this section—

a references to calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation on the cash basis are to calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation in relation to which an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 has effect, and

b references to calculating the profits of a property business on the cash basis are to be construed in accordance with section 271D of that Act (calculation of profits of property businesses on the cash basis).

12 In this section—

“car” has the same meaning as in Part 2 (see section 268A);
“disposal value” means—
1. a disposal value for the purposes of Part 2, 4A, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 10, or
2. proceeds from a balancing event for the purposes of Part 3 or 3A;
“qualifying expenditure” means qualifying expenditure within the meaning of any Part of this Act.

1 Section 4 (capital expenditure) is amended as follows.

2 In subsection (2)—

a omit “or” at the end of paragraph (a), and

b after paragraph (a) insert—

3 After subsection (2) insert—

1 Section 59 (unrelieved qualifying expenditure) is amended as follows.

2 In subsection (4), for “no amount may be carried forward as unrelieved qualifying expenditure” substitute “ any cash basis deductible amount may not be carried forward as unrelieved qualifying expenditure in a pool for the trade, profession or vocation ”.

3 After subsection (4) insert—

4 Omit subsection (5).

5 After subsection (5) insert—

6 In subsection (6), for “the amount of unrelieved qualifying expenditure incurred on the provision of a car” substitute “ any cash basis deductible amount ”.

7 For subsection (7) substitute—

1 Section 66A (persons leaving cash basis) is amended as follows.

2 For subsection (1) substitute—

3 In subsection (2)(a)—

a for “amount of that expenditure for which” substitute “ higher of the following ”,

b in sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii), at the beginning insert “ the amount of that expenditure for which ”, and

c in both places, for “or vocation” substitute “ , vocation or property business ”.

4 After subsection (6) insert—

54After section 419 insert—

419A Unrelieved qualifying expenditure: entry to cash basis

1 If a person carrying on a mineral extraction trade enters the cash basis for a tax year, for the purpose of determining the person's unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the chargeable period ending with the basis period for the tax year and subsequent chargeable periods (see section 419), only the non-cash basis deductible portion of qualifying expenditure incurred before the chargeable period ending with the basis period for the tax year is to be taken into account.

2 The “non-cash basis deductible portion” of qualifying expenditure means the amount of qualifying expenditure for which no deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the tax year for which the person enters the cash basis.

3 Subsections (9) and (11) of section 1A (capital allowances and charges: cash basis) apply for the purposes of this section as they apply for the purposes of that section.

55After section 431C insert—

431D Persons leaving cash basis

1 This section applies if—

a a person carrying on a mineral extraction trade leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period,

b the person has incurred expenditure at a time when an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 (cash basis for trades) has effect in relation to the trade,

c some or all of the expenditure was brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis, and

d the expenditure would have been qualifying expenditure if an election under section 25A of that Act had not had effect at the time the expenditure was incurred.

2 In this section—

a the “relieved portion” of the expenditure is the higher of the following—

i the amount of that expenditure for which a deduction was allowed in calculating the profits of the trade, or

ii the amount of that expenditure for which a deduction would have been so allowed if the expenditure had been incurred wholly and exclusively for the purposes of the trade;

b the “unrelieved portion” of the expenditure is any remaining amount of the expenditure.

3 An amount of the expenditure equal to the amount (if any) by which the unrelieved portion of the expenditure exceeds the relieved portion of the expenditure is to be regarded as qualifying expenditure incurred by the person in the chargeable period.

4 For the purposes of this section a person carrying on a trade leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period if—

a immediately before the beginning of the chargeable period an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 had effect in relation to the trade, and

b such an election does not have effect in relation to the trade for the chargeable period.

56After section 461 insert—

461A Unrelieved qualifying expenditure: entry to cash basis

1 If a person carrying on a trade enters the cash basis for a tax year, any cash basis deductible amount may not be carried forward as unrelieved qualifying expenditure in the pool for the trade from the chargeable period ending with the basis period for the previous tax year.

2 A “cash basis deductible amount” means any amount of unrelieved qualifying expenditure for which a deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis on the assumption that the expenditure was paid in the tax year for which the person enters the cash basis.

3 Any cash basis deductible amount is to be determined on such basis as is just and reasonable in all the circumstances.

4 Subsections (9) and (11) of section 1A (capital allowances and charges: cash basis) apply for the purposes of this section as they apply for the purposes of that section.

57After section 462 insert—

462A Persons leaving cash basis

1 This section applies if—

a a person carrying on a trade leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period,

b the person has incurred expenditure at a time when an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 (cash basis for trades) has effect in relation to the trade,

c some or all of the expenditure was brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis, and

d the expenditure would have been qualifying expenditure if an election under section 25A of that Act had not had effect at the time the expenditure was incurred.

2 In this section the “relieved portion” of the expenditure is the higher of the following—

a the amount of that expenditure for which a deduction was allowed in calculating the profits of the trade, or

b the amount of that expenditure for which a deduction would have been so allowed if the expenditure had been incurred wholly and exclusively for the purposes of the trade.

3 For the purposes of determining the person's available qualifying expenditure in the pool for the trade for the chargeable period (see section 456)—

a the whole of the expenditure must be allocated to the pool for the trade in that chargeable period, and

b the available qualifying expenditure in that pool is reduced by the relieved portion of that expenditure.

4 For the purposes of determining any disposal values (see section 462), the expenditure incurred by the person is to be regarded as qualifying expenditure.

5 For the purposes of this section a person carrying on a trade leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period if—

a immediately before the beginning of the chargeable period an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 had effect in relation to the trade, and

b such an election does not have effect in relation to the trade for the chargeable period.

58After section 475 insert—

475A Unrelieved qualifying expenditure: entry to cash basis

3 Any cash basis deductible amount is to be determined on such basis as is just and reasonable in all the circumstances.

4 Subsections (9) and (11) of section 1A (capital allowances and charges: cash basis) apply for the purposes of this section as they apply for the purposes of that section.

59After section 477 insert—

477A Persons leaving cash basis

1 This section applies if—

a a person carrying on a trade leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period,

b the person has incurred expenditure at a time when an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 (cash basis for trades) has effect in relation to the trade,

c some or all of the expenditure was brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade on the cash basis, and

d the expenditure would have been qualifying trade expenditure if an election under section 25A of that Act had not had effect at the time the expenditure was incurred.

2 In this section the “relieved portion” of the expenditure is the amount of that expenditure for which a deduction was allowed in calculating the profits of the trade.

3 For the purposes of determining the person's available qualifying expenditure in the pool for the trade for the chargeable period (see section 470)—

a the whole of the expenditure must be allocated to the pool for the trade in that chargeable period, and

b the available qualifying expenditure in that pool is reduced by the relieved portion of that expenditure.

4 For the purposes of determining any disposal receipts (see section 476), the expenditure incurred by the person is to be regarded as qualifying trade expenditure.

5 For the purposes of this section a person carrying on a trade leaves the cash basis in a chargeable period if—

a immediately before the beginning of the chargeable period an election under section 25A of ITTOIA 2005 had effect in relation to the trade, and

b such an election does not have effect in relation to the trade for the chargeable period.

ITA 2007¶

60ITA 2007 is amended as follows.

61In Part 4 (loss relief), in section 59 (overview of Part), in subsection (3)(b)—

a for “section 272” substitute “ sections 272 and 272ZA ”, and

b for “applies” substitute “ apply ”.

1 Chapter 4 of Part 4 (losses from property businesses) is amended as follows.

2 In section 120 (deduction of property losses from general income), in subsection (7), at the end insert “ and section 127BA (restriction of relief: cash basis) ”.

3 After section 127B insert—

63In Chapter 1 of Part 8 (relief for interest payments), in section 384B(1) (restriction on relief for interest payments where cash basis applies), after “for the tax year” insert “or if the profits of a UK property business or overseas property business carried on by the partnership are calculated on the cash basis for the tax year (see section 271D of ITTOIA 2005).

PART 4 Commencement and transitional provision¶

1 The amendments made by this Schedule have effect for the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

2 If—

a disregarding this sub-paragraph, under section 33A of ITTOIA 2005, as inserted by paragraph 2 of Part 1, a deduction would not be allowed in calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation on the cash basis for the tax year 2017-18, but

b if the amendment made by paragraph 2 were not to have effect for that tax year, that deduction would be allowed in calculating the profits of that trade, profession or vocation on that basis for that tax year,

that deduction is to be allowed in calculating the profits of that trade, profession or vocation on that basis for that tax year.

3 Sub-paragraph (2) is to be disregarded in determining any question as to whether or to what extent an amount of expenditure would, on the assumption that it was paid in the tax year 2017-18, be brought into account in calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation for the tax year 2017-18 for the purposes of—

a the following provisions of CAA 2001—

i section 1A (capital allowances and charges: cash basis),

ii section 59 (unrelieved qualifying expenditure),

iii section 419A (unrelieved qualifying expenditure: entry to cash basis),

iv section 461A (unrelieved qualifying expenditure: entry to cash basis), and

v section 475A (unrelieved qualifying expenditure: entry to cash basis); and

b the following provisions of ITTOIA 2005—

i section 96A (capital receipts under, or after leaving, cash basis),

ii section 240C (unrelieved qualifying expenditure: Parts 2, 7 and 8 of CAA 2001),

iii section 240CA (unrelieved qualifying expenditure: Part 5 of CAA 2001), and

iv section 240D (assets not fully paid for).

4 But sub-paragraph (2) is not to be disregarded in determining any question as to whether or to what extent an amount of expenditure is actually brought into account in calculating the profits of a trade, profession or vocation for the tax year 2017-18 for the purposes of the provisions mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b) of sub-paragraph (3).

SCHEDULE 3 ¶

Trading and property allowances

Section 17

PART 1 Main provisions¶

1In ITTOIA 2005, after section 783 insert—

PART 6A Income charged under this Act: trading and property allowances

CHAPTER 1 Trading allowance

Introduction

783A Relief under this Chapter

1 This Chapter gives relief to an individual on—

a the income of a relevant trade (see section 783AA), and

b miscellaneous income (see section 783AB).

2 If the individual qualifies for full relief (see section 783AE), the individual's relevant income (see section 783AC) is not charged to income tax (see sections 783AF and 783AG).

3 If the individual qualifies for partial relief (see section 783AH), the individual's relevant income is calculated by alternative methods (see sections 783AI to 783AK).

4 Any provision of this Chapter which gives relief is subject to sections 783AN to 783AQ, which specify circumstances in which relief under this Chapter is not given.

Basic definitions

783AA “Relevant trade” of an individual

1 For the purposes of this Chapter, a trade carried on by an individual is a “relevant trade” of the individual for a tax year if—

a the individual carries on the trade otherwise than in partnership, and

b the trade is not a rent-a-room trade in relation to the individual for the tax year.

2 For the purposes of subsection (1)(b) a trade is a “rent-a-room trade” in relation to an individual for a tax year if—

a the individual qualifies for rent-a-room relief for the tax year, and

b the individual has rent-a-room receipts for the tax year which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7 (rent-a-room relief), be brought into account in calculating the profits of the trade.

See section 783AR for definitions relevant to this subsection.

3 In this Chapter references to a trade include references to a profession or vocation.

783AB “Miscellaneous income”

1 For the purposes of this Chapter, an individual's “miscellaneous income” for a tax year is all the income arising to the individual in the tax year which would be chargeable to income tax under Chapter 8 of Part 5 (income not otherwise charged) for the tax year.

2 But if—

a the individual qualifies for rent-a-room relief for the tax year, and

b the individual has rent-a-room receipts for the tax year which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7, be chargeable to income tax under Chapter 8 of Part 5,

the rent-a-room receipts are not miscellaneous income.

3 The reference in subsection (1) to the amount which would be chargeable to income tax under Chapter 8 of Part 5 is to the amount which would be so chargeable—

a apart from this Chapter, and

b if no deduction were made for expenses or any other matter.

783AC The individual's “relevant income”

1 For the purposes of this Chapter, an individual's “relevant income” for a tax year is the sum of the following—

a the receipts for the tax year of the individual's relevant trades for the tax year, and

b the individual's miscellaneous income for the tax year.

2 In subsection (1)(a) the reference to the receipts of a trade for a tax year is to all the amounts which would, apart from this Chapter, be brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the trade for the tax year.

783AD The individual's trading allowance

1 For the purposes of this Chapter, an individual's trading allowance for a tax year is £1,000.

2 The Treasury may by regulations amend subsection (1) so as to substitute a higher sum for the sum for the time being specified in that subsection.

Full relief

783AE Full relief: introduction

1 An individual qualifies for full relief for a tax year if—

a the individual has relevant income for the tax year,

b the relevant income does not exceed the individual's trading allowance for the tax year, and

c no election by the individual under section 783AL has effect for the tax year (election for full relief not to be given).

2 An individual also qualifies for full relief for a tax year if—

a the individual has relevant income for the tax year which consists of or includes receipts of one or more relevant trades,

b the relevant income exceeds the individual's trading allowance for the tax year,

c the conditions mentioned in subsection (3) are met,

d no election by the individual under section 783AL has effect for the tax year, and

e no election by the individual under section 783AM has effect for the tax year (election for partial relief).

3 The conditions are that—

a no election by the individual under section 25A (cash basis for trades) has effect for the tax year,

b the individual's relevant income would not exceed the individual's trading allowance for the tax year if it were to be assumed that an election by the individual under section 25A had effect for the tax year,

c the individual is eligible to make an election under section 25A (see section 31A) for the tax year, and

d if any trade carried on by the individual in the tax year was carried on in the immediately preceding tax year—

i an election by the individual under section 25A had effect for that preceding tax year, or

ii the individual was eligible to make such an election for that preceding tax year.

783AF Full relief: trade profits

1 This section applies if—

a an individual qualifies for full relief for a tax year, and

b the individual's relevant income for the tax year consists of or includes receipts of one or more relevant trades.

2 The profits or losses of each such trade for the tax year are treated as nil.

783AG Full relief: miscellaneous income

1 This section applies if—

a an individual qualifies for full relief for a tax year, and

b the individual's relevant income for the tax year consists of or includes miscellaneous income.

2 The amount of—

a the miscellaneous income arising in the tax year, less

b any expenses associated with that income,

is treated as nil.

Partial relief

783AH Partial relief: alternative calculation of profits: introduction

An individual qualifies for partial relief for a tax year if—

a the individual has relevant income for the tax year,

b the relevant income exceeds the individual's trading allowance for the tax year, and

c an election by the individual under section 783AM has effect for the tax year (election for partial relief).

783AI Partial relief: alternative calculation of trade profits

1 This section applies if—

a an individual qualifies for partial relief for a tax year, and

b the individual's relevant income for the tax year consists of or includes receipts of one or more relevant trades.

2 The profits or losses for the tax year of each of the individual's relevant trades are given by taking the following steps—

Step 1 Calculate the total of all the amounts which would, apart from this Chapter, be brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the trade for the tax year.
Step 2 Subtract the deductible amount.
Step 3 Subtract from the amount given by step 2 any deduction for overlap profit allowed in calculating the profits of the trade for the tax year under section 205 (deduction for overlap profit in final tax year) or section 220 (deduction for overlap profit on change of accounting date).

3 Subject to section 783AK, the deductible amount is equal to the individual's trading allowance for the tax year.

4 “Overlap profit” has the same meaning in this section as it has in Chapter 15 of Part 2 (see sections 204 and 204A).

783AJ Partial relief: alternative calculation of chargeable miscellaneous income

1 This section applies if—

a an individual qualifies for partial relief for a tax year, and

b the individual's relevant income for the tax year consists of or includes miscellaneous income.

2 The amount of miscellaneous income chargeable to income tax for the tax year is—

a the miscellaneous income for the tax year, less

b the deductible amount.

3 Subject to section 783AK, the deductible amount is equal to the individual's trading allowance for the tax year.

783AK Deductible amount: splitting of trading allowance

1 This section applies where the individual's relevant income for the tax year includes—

a receipts of a relevant trade, and

b receipts of any other relevant trade or miscellaneous income (or both).

2 The references in section 783AI and (where it applies) section 783AJ to the deductible amount are to amounts which, in total, equal the individual's trading allowance for the tax year.

3 The question of how to allocate the individual's trading allowance for the tax year for the purposes of subsection (2) is to be decided by the individual, subject to subsections (4) and (5).

4 The deductible amount in respect of a relevant trade must not be such that the amount given by step 2 of section 783AI(2) is negative.

5 The deductible amount in respect of miscellaneous income must not be such as to result in the individual making a loss in the transactions giving rise to the miscellaneous income.

Elections

783AL Election for full relief not to be given

1 An individual may elect not to be given full relief for a tax year (see sections 783AF and 783AG).

2 An election must be made on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for the tax year for which the election is made.

783AM Election for partial relief

1 An individual may elect for partial relief to be given for a tax year if the individual's relevant income for the tax year exceeds the individual's trading allowance for the tax year (see sections 783AI and 783AJ).

2 An election must be made on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for the tax year for which the election is made.

Exclusions from relief

783AN Exclusion from relief: expenses deducted against rent-a-room receipts

1 No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

a the individual qualifies for rent-a-room relief for the tax year,

b the individual has rent-a-room receipts mentioned in subsection (2) for the tax year, and

c condition A or B is met.

2 The rent-a-room receipts mentioned in subsection (1) are—

a rent-a-room receipts which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7 (rent-a-room relief), be brought into account in calculating the profits of a trade, or

b rent-a-room receipts which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7, be chargeable to income tax under Chapter 8 of Part 5 (income not otherwise charged).

3 Condition A is that—

a the individual's total rent-a-room amount for the tax year does not exceed the individual's limit for the tax year (see section 783AR), and

b an election by the individual under section 799 has effect to disapply full rent-a-room relief for the tax year.

4 Condition B is that—

a the individual's total rent-a-room amount for the tax year exceeds the individual's limit for the tax year, and

b no election by the individual under section 800 has effect to apply the alternative method of calculating profits for the tax year.

783AO Exclusion from relief: payments by employer

No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

a the individual has relevant income for the tax year, and

b the income includes a payment made by, or on behalf of, a person at a time when the individual is—

i an employee of the person, or

ii the spouse or civil partner of an employee of the person.

783AP Exclusion from relief: payments by firm

No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

a the individual has relevant income for the tax year, and

b the income includes a payment made by, or on behalf of, a firm at a time when the individual is—

i a partner in the firm, or

ii connected with a partner in the firm.

783AQ Exclusion from relief: payments by close company

1 No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

a the individual has relevant income for the tax year, and

b the income includes a payment made by, or on behalf of, a close company at a time when the individual is—

i a participator in the close company, or

ii an associate of a participator in the close company.

2 In this section “associate” and “participator” have the same meanings as in Part 10 of CTA 2010 (see sections 448 and 454).

Interpretation

783AR Interpretation of this Chapter

In this Chapter—

a “rent-a-room relief”, “rent-a-room receipts” and “total rent-a-room amount” have the same meanings as in Chapter 1 of Part 7 (rent-a-room relief: see sections 784, 786 and 788), and

b references to “the individual's limit” are to be construed in accordance with section 789 (the individual's limit for the purposes of rent-a-room relief).

CHAPTER 2 Property allowance

Introduction

783B Relief under this Chapter

1 This Chapter gives relief to an individual on certain income of a relevant property business (see sections 783BA and 783BB).

2 The form of relief depends on whether the individual's relevant property income exceeds the individual's property allowance (see sections 783BC and 783BD).

3 If the individual's relevant property income does not exceed the individual's property allowance, the income is not charged to income tax (unless the individual elects otherwise) (see sections 783BE and 783BF).

4 If the individual's relevant property income does exceed the individual's property allowance, the individual may elect for an alternative method of calculating the income (see sections 783BG to 783BI).

5 Any provision of this Chapter which gives relief is subject to sections 783BL to 783BP, which specify circumstances in which relief under this Chapter is not given.

Basic definitions

783BA “Relevant property business” of an individual

1 Subject to subsection (3), for the purposes of this Chapter an individual's property business is a “relevant property business” for a tax year if the business is not a rent-a-room property business in relation to the individual for the tax year.

2 For the purposes of subsection (1) a property business is a “rent-a-room property business” in relation to an individual for a tax year if—

a the individual qualifies for rent-a-room relief for the tax year, and

b all the receipts which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7 (rent-a-room relief), be brought into account in calculating the profits of the business, are rent-a-room receipts.

See section 783BQ for definitions relevant to this subsection.

3 If an individual receives—

a property income distributions which are treated as profits of a UK property business by virtue of regulation 69Z18(1) or (2) of the AIF Regulations (property AIF distributions: liability to tax), or

b distributions which are treated as profits of a UK property business by virtue of section 548(6) of CTA 2010 (REIT distributions: liability to tax),

that separate property business (see regulation 69Z18(6) of the AIF Regulations and section 549(5) of CTA 2010) is not a relevant property business of the individual.

4 In subsection (3) “the AIF Regulations” means the Authorised Investment Funds (Tax) Regulations 2006 (S.I. 2006/964).

783BB “Relievable receipts” of a property business

1 For the purposes of this Chapter, the “relievable receipts” of an individual's relevant property business for a tax year are all the amounts which would, apart from this Chapter, be brought into account as a receipt in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year.This is subject to subsections (2) and (3).

2 If—

a the individual qualifies for rent-a-room relief for the tax year, and

b the individual has rent-a-room receipts for the tax year which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7, be brought into account in calculating the profits of the property business,

the rent-a-room receipts are not relievable receipts of the business.

3 Non-relievable balancing charges in respect of the property business for the tax year are not relievable receipts of the business.

4 In subsection (3) “non-relievable balancing charges”, in respect of a property business for a tax year, means balancing charges falling to be made for the tax year under Part 2 of CAA 2001 which do not relate to a business or transaction which is carried on, or entered into, for the purpose of generating receipts which are relievable receipts of the property business.

783BC The individual's “relevant property income”

For the purposes of this Chapter, an individual's “relevant property income” for a tax year is the relievable receipts for the tax year of the individual's relevant property businesses for the tax year.

783BD The individual's property allowance

1 For the purposes of this Chapter, an individual's property allowance for a tax year is £1,000.

2 The Treasury may by regulations amend subsection (1) so as to substitute a higher sum for the sum for the time being specified in that subsection.

Relief if relevant property income does not exceed property allowance

783BE Full relief: introduction

An individual qualifies for full relief for a tax year if—

a the individual has relevant property income for the tax year,

b the relevant property income does not exceed the individual's property allowance for the tax year, and

c no election by the individual under section 783BJ has effect for the tax year (election for full relief not to be given).

783BF Full relief: property profits

1 If an individual qualifies for full relief for a tax year, this section applies in relation to the calculation of the profits of the individual's relevant property business for the tax year or, where the individual's relevant property income for the tax year consists of the relievable receipts of two relevant property businesses, the profits of each property business for the tax year.

2 The following are not brought into account—

a the relievable receipts of the property business for the tax year, and

b any expenses associated with those receipts.

Relief if relevant property income exceeds property allowance

783BG Partial relief: alternative calculation of property profits: introduction

An individual qualifies for partial relief for a tax year if—

a the individual has relevant property income for the tax year,

b the relevant property income exceeds the individual's property allowance for the tax year, and

c an election by the individual under section 783BK has effect for the tax year (election for partial relief).

783BH Partial relief: alternative calculation of property profits

1 If an individual qualifies for partial relief for a tax year, this section applies in relation to the calculation of the profits of the individual's relevant property business for the tax year or, where the individual's relevant property income for the tax year consists of the relievable receipts of two relevant property businesses, the profits of each property business for the tax year.

2 The relievable receipts of the property business for the tax year are brought into account.

3 No relevant expenses are brought into account.

4 The deductible amount is brought into account.

5 Subject to section 783BI, the deductible amount is equal to the individual's property allowance for the tax year.

6 In subsection (3) “relevant expenses” means all the amounts—

a which would, apart from this section, be brought into account as a deduction in calculating the profits of the business for the tax year, and

b which are associated with the relievable receipts.

783BI Deductible amount: splitting of property allowance

1 This section applies where the individual's relevant property income for the tax year consists of the relievable receipts of two relevant property businesses.

2 The references in section 783BH to the deductible amount are to amounts which, in total, equal the individual's property allowance for the tax year.

3 The question of how to allocate the individual's property allowance for the tax year for the purposes of subsection (2) is to be decided by the individual, subject to subsection (4).

4 The deductible amount in respect of a relevant property business must not be such as to result in a loss of the business.

Elections

783BJ Election for full relief not to be given

1 An individual may elect not to be given full relief for a tax year (see section 783BF).

2 An election must be made on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for the tax year for which the election is made.

783BK Election for partial relief

1 An individual may elect for partial relief to be given for a tax year if the individual's relevant property income for the tax year exceeds the individual's property allowance for the tax year (see section 783BH).

2 An election must be made on or before the first anniversary of the normal self-assessment filing date for the tax year for which the election is made.

Exclusions from relief

783BL Exclusion from relief: tax reduction under section 274A

No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if, in calculating the individual's liability to income tax for the tax year, a tax reduction under section 274A (property business: relief for non-deductible costs of a dwelling-related loan) is applied at Step 6 of the calculation in section 23 of ITA 2007.

783BM Exclusion from relief: expenses deducted against rent-a-room receipts

1 No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

a the individual qualifies for rent-a-room relief for the tax year,

b the individual has rent-a-room receipts for the tax year which would, apart from Chapter 1 of Part 7 (rent-a-room relief), be brought into account in calculating the profits of a property business, and

c condition A or B is met.

2 Condition A is that—

a the individual's total rent-a-room amount for the tax year does not exceed the individual's limit for the tax year (see section 783BQ), and

b an election by the individual under section 799 has effect to disapply full rent-a-room relief for the tax year.

3 Condition B is that—

a the individual's total rent-a-room amount for the tax year exceeds the individual's limit for the tax year, and

b no election by the individual under section 800 has effect to apply the alternative method of calculating profits for the tax year.

783BN Exclusion from relief: payments by employer

No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

a the individual has relevant property income for the tax year, and

b the income includes a payment made by, or on behalf of, a person at a time when the individual is—

i an employee of the person, or

ii the spouse or civil partner of an employee of the person.

783BO Exclusion from relief: payments by firm

No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

a the individual has relevant property income for the tax year, and

b the income includes a payment made by, or on behalf of, a firm at a time when the individual is—

i a partner in the firm, or

ii connected with a partner in the firm.

783BP Exclusion from relief: payments by close company

1 No relief under this Chapter is given to an individual for a tax year if—

a the individual has relevant property income for the tax year, and

b the income includes a payment made by, or on behalf of, a close company at a time when the individual is—

i a participator in the close company, or

ii an associate of a participator in the close company.

2 In this section “associate” and “participator” have the same meanings as in Part 10 of CTA 2010 (see sections 448 and 454).

Interpretation

783BQ Interpretation of this Chapter

In this Chapter—

a “rent-a-room relief”, “rent-a-room receipts” and “total rent-a-room amount” have the same meanings as in Chapter 1 of Part 7 (rent-a-room relief: see sections 784, 786 and 788), and

b references to “the individual's limit” are to be construed in accordance with section 789 (the individual's limit for the purposes of rent-a-room relief).

PART 2 Consequential amendments¶

ITTOIA 2005¶

2ITTOIA 2005 is amended in accordance with paragraphs 3 to 11.

3In section 1 (overview of Act), before paragraph (a) of subsection (5) insert—

4In Chapter 2 of Part 2 (trading income: income taxed as trade profits), after section 22 insert—

5In Chapter 15 of Part 2 (basis periods), after section 204 insert—

204A Overlap profit and trading allowance under Chapter 1 of Part 6A

1 This section makes provision about the amount of profit treated as arising in an overlap period which falls within the basis period of a trade for two tax years (“tax year A” and “tax year B”) where relief is given under Chapter 1 of Part 6A (trading allowance) in respect of the trade for at least one of those tax years.

2 The profit which arises in the overlap period is treated as nil if—

a the profits or losses of the trade for tax year A or tax year B (or both) are treated as nil under section 783AF (full relief: trade profits), or

b in relation to tax year A or tax year B (or both)—

i section 783AI applies in calculating the profits or losses of the trade (partial relief: alternative calculation of trade profits), and

ii the deductible amount subtracted at step 2 of section 783AI(2) in relation to the trade is greater than or equal to the non-adjusted overlap profit.

3 Subsection (6) applies if conditions 1 and 2 are met.

4 Condition 1 is that, in relation to either tax year A or tax year B—

a section 783AI applies in calculating the profits or losses of the trade, and

b the deductible amount subtracted at step 2 of section 783AI(2) in relation to the trade is less than the non-adjusted overlap profit.

5 Condition 2 is that neither section 783AF nor section 783AI applies in relation to the trade—

a where condition 1 is met in relation to tax year A, for tax year B, or

b where condition 1 is met in relation to tax year B, for tax year A.

6 The profit which arises in the overlap period is treated as equal to the non-adjusted overlap profit less the deductible amount mentioned in subsection (4)(b).

7 Subsection (8) applies if, in relation to each of tax year A and tax year B—

a section 783AI applies in calculating the profits or losses of the trade, and

b the deductible amount subtracted at step 2 of section 783AI(2) in relation to the trade is less than the non-adjusted overlap profit.

8 The profit which arises in the overlap period is treated as equal to the non-adjusted overlap profit less the higher of the following—

a the deductible amount subtracted at step 2 of section 783AI(2) in calculating the profits or losses of the trade for tax year A, and

b the deductible amount subtracted at step 2 of section 783AI(2) in calculating the profits or losses of the trade for tax year B.

9 In this section “non-adjusted overlap profit” means the amount of profit that would arise in the overlap period apart from—

a Chapter 1 of Part 6A, and

b this section.

6In section 227A (application of Chapter where cash basis used), after subsection (2) insert—

7After section 227A insert—

227B Cash basis treatment: full relief under Chapter 1 of Part 6A (trading allowance)

1 Subsection (2) applies if—

a an individual carries on a trade in a tax year, and

b the profits or losses of the trade for the tax year are treated as nil under section 783AF (trade profits: full relief under Chapter 1 of Part 6A) by virtue of the fact that the conditions in section 783AE(2) are met.

2 For the purposes of determining if this Chapter applies, an election under section 25A is to be treated as having effect in relation to the trade for the tax year.

227C Application of Chapter where section 227B applies

1 This section applies if, as a result of the operation of section 227B, the basis on which profits of a trade are calculated is treated as changed as mentioned in section 227A(1).

2 This Chapter applies as if—

a in sections 232(1) and 233(1), for “the first period of account for which the new basis is adopted” there were substituted “ the first tax year for which the profits or losses of the trade are not treated as nil under section 783AF ”, and

b sections 235, 236, 237, 239A and 239B were omitted.

3 If there is no tax year after the change of basis for which the profits or losses of the trade are not treated as nil under section 783AF, this Chapter does not apply.

8After section 307F (inserted by Schedule 2 to this Act) insert—

9In section 688 (income charged under Chapter 8 of Part 5), before paragraph (a) of subsection (2) insert—

10In section 828 (overlap profit), in subsection (3), for “section 204” substitute “ sections 204 and 204A ”.

11In Part 2 of Schedule 4 (defined expressions)—

a at the appropriate places insert—

b in the entry for “overlap profit”, for “section 204” substitute “ sections 204 and 204A ”.

TIOPA 2010¶

12In TIOPA 2010—

a in section 22(8) (credit for foreign tax on overlap profit if credit for that tax already allowed), in the definition of “overlap profit”, for “section 204” substitute “ sections 204 and 204A ”, and

b in section 24(8) (claw-back of relief under section 22(2)), in the definition of “overlap profit”, for “section 204” substitute “ sections 204 and 204A ”.

PART 3 Commencement¶

13The amendments made by this Schedule have effect for the tax year 2017-18 and subsequent tax years.

SCHEDULE 4 ¶

Relief for carried-forward losses

Section 18

PART 1 Amendment of general rules about carrying forward losses¶

Non-trading deficits from loan relationships¶

1Part 5 of CTA 2009 (loan relationships) is amended as follows.

2In the heading of Chapter 16 (non-trading deficits) at the end insert “ : pre-1 April 2017 deficits and charities ”.

3In section 456 (introduction to Chapter 16) in subsection (1)—

a after “if” insert

, and

b at the end insert

4After section 463 insert—

CHAPTER 16A Non-trading deficits: post 1 April 2017 deficits

463A Introduction to Chapter

1 This Chapter applies if—

a for any accounting period beginning on or after 1 April 2017 a company has a non-trading deficit from its loan relationships under section 301(6), and

b at the end of that accounting period the company is not a charity.

2 In this Chapter “the deficit” and “the deficit period” mean that deficit and that period respectively.

3 Sections 463B and 463C deal with claims to set off the deficit against profits of the deficit period or earlier periods.

4 Sections 463D to 463F deal with the consequences of such claims.

5 Sections 463G to 463I provide for so much of the deficit as is not—

a set off against profits under section 463B, or

b surrendered as group relief under Part 5 of CTA 2010,

to be carried forward to later accounting periods.

463B Claim to set off deficit against profits of deficit period or earlier periods

1 The company may make a claim for the whole or part of the deficit—

a to be set off against any profits of the company (of whatever description) for the deficit period, or

b to be carried back to be set off against profits for earlier accounting periods.

2 No claim may be made under subsection (1) in respect of so much of the deficit as is surrendered as group relief under Part 5 of CTA 2010.

3 For time limits and other provisions applicable to claims under subsection (1), see section 463C.

4 For what happens when a claim is made under subsection (1)(a), see section 463D.

5 For what happens when a claim is made under subsection (1)(b), and the profits available for relief when such a claim is made, see sections 463E and 463F.

463C Time limits for claims under section 463B(1)

1 A claim under section 463B(1) must be made within—

a the period of 2 years after the deficit period ends, or

b such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs allows.

2 Different claims may be made in respect of different parts of a non-trading deficit for any deficit period.

3 But no claim may be made in respect of any part of a deficit to which another such claim relates.

463D Claim to set off deficit against profits for the deficit period

1 This section applies if a claim is made under section 463B(1)(a) for the whole or part of the deficit to be set off against profits for the deficit period.

2 The amount of the deficit to which the claim relates must be set off against the profits of the company for the deficit period which are identified in the claim.

3 Those profits are reduced accordingly.

4 Relief under this section must be given before relief is given against profits for the deficit period—

a under section 37 or 62(1) to (3) of CTA 2010 (deduction of losses from total profits for the same or earlier accounting periods), or

b as a result of a claim under section 463B(1)(b) (carry-back) in respect of a deficit for a later period.

5 No relief may be given under this section against ring fence profits of the company within the meaning of Part 8 of CTA 2010 (oil activities) or contractor's ring fence profits of the company within the meaning of Part 8ZA of that Act (oil contractors).

463E Claim to carry back deficit to earlier periods

1 This section applies if a claim is made under section 463B(1)(b) for the whole or part of the deficit to be carried back to be set off against profits for accounting periods before the deficit period.

2 The claim has effect only if it relates to an amount no greater than the lesser of—

a so much of the deficit as is not an amount in relation to which a claim is made under section 463B(1)(a), and

b the total amount of the profits available for relief under this section.

3 Section 463F explains which profits are so available.

4 The amount to which the claim relates is set off against those profits by treating them as reduced accordingly.

5 If those profits are profits for more than one accounting period, the relief is applied by setting off the amount to which the claim relates against profits for a later period before setting off any remainder of that amount against profits for an earlier period.

463F Profits available for relief under section 463E

1 The profits available for relief under section 463E are the amounts which (apart from the relief) would be charged under this Part as profits for accounting periods ending within the permitted period after giving every prior relief.

2 In this section—

“the permitted period” means the period of 12 months immediately before the deficit period, and
“prior relief” means a relief which subsection (5) provides must be given before relief under section 463E.

3 If an accounting period ending within the permitted period begins before it, only a part of the amount which (apart from the relief) would be chargeable under this Part for the period, after giving every prior relief, is available for relief under section 463E.

4 That part is so much as is proportionate to the part of the accounting period in the permitted period.

5 The reliefs which must be given before relief under section 463E are—

a relief as a result of a claim under section 459(1)(a) or section 463B(1)(a) (claim for deficit to be set off against total profits for the deficit period),

b relief in respect of a loss or deficit incurred or treated as incurred in an accounting period before the deficit period,

c relief under Part 6 of CTA 2010 (charitable donations relief in respect of payments made wholly and exclusively for the purposes of a trade),

d relief under section 37 of CTA 2010 (losses deducted from total profits of the same or an earlier accounting period), and

e if the company is a company with investment business for the purposes of Part 16 (companies with investment business)—

i any deduction in respect of management expenses under section 1219 (expenses of management of a company's investment business),

ii relief under Part 6 of CTA 2010 in respect of payments made wholly and exclusively for the purposes of its business, and

iii any allowance under Part 2 of CAA 2001 (plant and machinery allowances).

463G Carry forward of unrelieved deficit against total profits

1 This section applies if conditions A to D are met.

2 Condition A is that—

a any amount of the deficit (“the unrelieved amount”) is not—

i set off against profits on a claim under section 463B(1), or

ii surrendered as group relief under Part 5 of CTA 2010.

3 Condition B is that it is not the case—

a that the company ceased to be a company with investment business in the deficit period, or

b (if the company was a company with investment business immediately before the beginning of the deficit period) that its investment business became small or negligible in the deficit period.

4 Condition C is that (if the company is a Solvency 2 insurance company) it is not the case that the whole of the deficit is a shock loss.

5 Condition D is that (if the company is a general insurance company) the first accounting period after the deficit period is not an excluded accounting period.

6 The unrelieved amount is carried forward to the first accounting period after the deficit period.

7 The company may make a claim for the whole or part of the unrelieved amount to be set off against the company's total profits for the first accounting period after the deficit period.

8 If a claim is made under subsection (7)—

a the unrelieved amount, or the part of it to which the claim relates, must be set off against the company's total profits for the first accounting period after the deficit period, and

b those profits are reduced accordingly.

9 No claim may be made under subsection (7) in respect of so much of the unrelieved amount as is surrendered under Part 5A of CTA 2010 (group relief for carried-forward losses).

10 A claim under subsection (7) must be made within—

a the period of two years after the end of the first accounting period after the deficit period, or

b such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs allows.

11 No relief may be given under this section against ring fence profits of the company within the meaning of Part 8 of CTA 2010 (oil activities) or contractor's ring fence profits of the company within the meaning of Part 8ZA of that Act (oil contractors).

12 If —

a the company is a Solvency 2 insurance company, and

b the deficit is partly (but not wholly) a shock loss,

subsections (6) to (9) have effect as if references to the unrelieved amount were to the eligible amount (see subsection (13)).

13 In this section “the eligible amount” means so much of the unrelieved amount as is not a shock loss; and for the purpose of determining how much of the unrelieved amount is, or is not, a shock loss, it is to be assumed that in setting off or surrendering amounts as mentioned in subsection (2)(a)(i) and (ii) the company uses shock losses before other amounts.

14 In this Chapter—

“company with investment business” has the same meaning as in Part 16 (see section 1218B);
“excluded accounting period” has the meaning given by section 269ZG of CTA 2010;
“general insurance company” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 269ZG of CTA 2010;
“shock loss” has the meaning given by section 269ZK of CTA 2010;
“Solvency 2 insurance company” means an insurance company as defined in section 269ZP(2) of CTA 2010.

15 In this Chapter references to a company's investment business are to be construed in accordance with section 1219(2).

463H Carry forward of unrelieved deficit against non-trading profits

1 Subsections (4) to (8) apply if—

a section 463G would apply but for the fact that the company's investment business became small or negligible in the accounting period mentioned in subsection (3)(b) of that section,

b section 463G would apply but for condition D in that section (no carry-forward to an excluded accounting period of a general insurance company), or

c the company is a Solvency 2 insurance company and any amount of the deficit would be eligible to be carried forward under section 463G(6) were that amount not a shock loss (see section 463G(4), (12) and (13)).

2 Subsections (4) to (8) also apply if—

a subsections (6) to (10) of section 463G would apply but for the fact that the company's investment business became small or negligible in the accounting period mentioned in section 463I(1)(c)(ii), or

b subsections (6) to (10) of section 463G would apply but for section 463I(1)(d) (no carry-forward under those subsections to an excluded accounting period of a general insurance company).

3 In this section the “unrelieved amount”—

a in a case within paragraph (a) or (b) of subsection (1), is to be interpreted in accordance with section 463G(2);

b in a case within paragraph (c) of subsection (1), means the amount mentioned in that paragraph;

c in a case within subsection (2), means so much of the deficit mentioned in section 463I(1)(a) as is not set off as mentioned in section 463I(1)(b)(i) or surrendered as mentioned in section 463I(1)(b)(ii).

4 The unrelieved amount is carried forward to the first accounting period (“period 2”) after—

a (in a case within subsection (1)) the deficit period, or

b (in a case within subsection (2)) the period mentioned in section 463I(1)(a).

5 So much of the unrelieved amount as is not the subject of a claim under subsection (7) must be set off against the non-trading profits of the company for period 2.

6 Those profits are reduced accordingly.

7 The company may make a claim for relief under subsection (5) not to be given in period 2 for the unrelieved amount or so much of it as is specified in the claim.

8 A claim under subsection (7) is effective if, and only if, it is made—

a within the period of two years after the end of period 2, or

b within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

9 Subsection (10) applies if any amount is carried forward under subsection (4) to an accounting period (“the carry forward period”) and—

a cannot be set off under subsection (5) against non-trading profits of that period, or

b is the subject of a claim under subsection (7).

10 If the company continues to be a company with investment business throughout the carry forward period, subsections (4) to (8) have effect as if—

a references to the unrelieved amount were to the amount mentioned in subsection (9), and

b references to—

i the deficit period, or

ii the period mentioned in section 463I(1)(a),

were to the carry forward period.

11 In this section “non-trading profits”, in relation to a company, means so much of the company's profits as does not consist of trading income for the purposes of section 37 of CTA 2010 (deduction of trading losses from total profits of the same or an earlier period).

463I Re-application of section 463G if any deficit remains after previous application

1 This section applies if—

a any amount of the deficit is carried forward to an accounting period (“the later period”) of the company under section 463G(6),

b any of that amount is not—

i set off against the company's total profits for the later period on a claim under section 463G(7), or

ii surrendered as group relief for carried-forward losses under Part 5A of CTA 2010,

c it is not the case—

i that the company ceased to be a company with investment business in the later period, or

ii (if the company was a company with investment business immediately before the beginning of the later period) that its investment business became small or negligible in the later period, and

d it is not the case that the first accounting period after the later period is an excluded accounting period of a general insurance company.

2 Subsections (6) to (10) of section 463G apply as if—

a references to the unrelieved amount were to so much of the amount of the deficit carried forward to the later period as is not set off or surrendered as mentioned in subsection (1)(b), and

b references to the deficit period were to the later period.

Non-trading losses on intangible fixed assets¶

1 Section 753 of CTA 2009 (treatment of non-trading loss) is amended as follows.

2 In subsection (3) (carry forward of non-trading loss)—

a in the words before paragraph (a), after “not” insert “ , in any period (“the reference period”) ”;

b in the words after paragraph (b) for “debit of” substitute “ loss on intangible fixed assets for ”.

3 After subsection (3) insert—

Expenses of management of investment business etc¶

1 Section 1223 of CTA 2009 (carrying forward expenses of management and other amounts) is amended as follows.

2 In subsection (1)(b)—

a for “amounts” substitute “ an amount ”, and

b after “(2)(c),” insert

3 After subsection (3) insert—

Trading losses¶

7Chapter 2 of Part 4 of CTA 2010 (trade losses) is amended as follows.

8In section 36 (introduction to Chapter) for subsection (1) substitute—

9For the italic heading before section 37 substitute— “ Relief in loss-making period and carry back relief ”.

1 Section 45 (carry forward of trade loss against subsequent trade profits) is amended as follows.

2 In the heading, after “of” insert “ pre-1 April 2017 ”.

3 In subsection (1) after “accounting period” insert “ beginning before 1 April 2017 ”.

4 In subsection (4)(b) for “cannot be” substitute “ is not ”.

5 After subsection (4) insert—

6 In subsection (5) for “section” (in the second place it occurs) substitute “ , sections 45B, 45F and ”.

11After section 45 insert—

45A Carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against total profits

1 This section applies if—

a in an accounting period (“the loss-making period”) beginning on or after 1 April 2017 a company carrying on a trade makes a loss in the trade,

b relief under section 37 or Part 5 (group relief) is not given for an amount of the loss (“the unrelieved amount”),

c the company continues to carry on the trade in the next accounting period (“the later period”), and

d the conditions in subsection (3) are met.

2 But this section does not apply if the trade is a ring fence trade.

3 The conditions are that—

a the trade did not become small or negligible in the loss-making period,

b relief under section 37 was not unavailable for the loss by reason of —

i section 37(5), 44, 48 or 52, or

ii section 1209, 1216DA, 1217DA, 1217MA, 1217SA or 1218ZDA of CTA 2009,

c relief under section 37 would not be unavailable by reason of section 44 for a loss (assuming there was one) made in the trade in the later period,

d if the company is a Solvency 2 insurance company the loss is not a shock loss (see subsections (9) and (10)), and

e the later period is not an excluded accounting period of a general insurance company.

4 The unrelieved amount is carried forward to the later period.

5 The company may make a claim for relief to be given in the later period for the unrelieved amount or for any part of it specified in the claim.

6 If the company makes a claim, the relief is given by deducting the unrelieved amount, or the specified part of it, from the company's total profits of the later period.

7 A claim under this section must be made—

a within the period of two years after the end of the later period, or

b within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

8 Relief under this section is subject to restriction or modification in accordance with provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts.

9 For the purposes of this section and section 45B, a loss which is partly, but not wholly, a shock loss is to be treated as if—

a the amount that is a shock loss, and

b the amount that is not,

were separate losses.

10 In this section—

“excluded accounting period” has the meaning given by section 269ZG;
“general insurance company” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 269ZG(6);
“ring fence trade” has the same meaning as in Part 8 (see section 277);
“Solvency 2 insurance company” means an insurance company as defined in section 269ZP(2);
“shock loss” has the meaning given by section 269ZK.

45B Carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss against trade profits

1 This section applies if—

a in an accounting period (“the loss-making period”) beginning on or after 1 April 2017 a company carrying on a trade makes a loss in the trade,

b relief under section 37 or 42 or Part 5 (group relief) is not given for an amount of the loss (“the unrelieved amount”),

c the company continues to carry on the trade in the next accounting period (“the later period”), and

d case 1, 2 or 3 applies.

Case 1 is that any of the conditions in section 45A(3) are not met.
Case 2 is that relief for the unrelieved amount was not available under section 45A by reason of section 1210(5), 1216DB(5) or 1217DB(5) of CTA 2009.
Case 3 is that the trade is a ring fence trade.

2 The unrelieved amount is carried forward to the later period.

3 Relief for the unrelieved amount is given to the company in the later period if the company makes a profit in the trade in the later period.

4 The relief is given by reducing the profits of the trade of the later period by the unrelieved amount.

5 But the company may make a claim for relief not to be given in the later period for the unrelieved amount or for any part of it specified in the claim.

6 A claim under subsection (5) is effective if, and only if, it is made—

a within the period of two years after the end of the later period, or

b within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

7 If the trade is a ring fence trade, this section has effect only in relation to so much of the loss mentioned in subsection (1)(a) as is not a non-decommissioning loss.

8 Relief under this section is subject to restriction or modification in accordance with provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts.

9 In this section—

“non-decommissioning loss” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 303A;
“ring fence trade” has the same meaning as in Part 8 (see section 277).

10 See also section 45A(9) (splitting for the purposes of that section and this section of losses that are partly, but not wholly, shock losses of insurance companies).

45C Re-application of section 45A if loss remains after previous application

1 This section applies if—

a an amount of a loss made in a trade is carried forward to an accounting period (“the later period”) of a company under section 45A(4),

b any of that amount is not deducted from the company's total profits of the later period on a claim under section 45A(5) or surrendered by way of group relief for carried forward-losses under Part 5A,

c the company continues to carry on the trade in the accounting period (“the further period”) after the later period, and

d the conditions in subsection (2) are met.

2 The conditions are that—

a the trade did not become small or negligible in the later period,

b relief under section 37 would not be unavailable by reason of section 44 for a loss (assuming there was one) made in the trade in the further period, and

c the further period is not an excluded accounting period of a general insurance company.

3 Subsections (4) to (8) of section 45A apply as if—

a references to the unrelieved amount were to so much of the amount carried forward to the later period as is not deducted or surrendered as mentioned in subsection (1)(b), and

b references to the later period were to the further period.

4 In this section “excluded accounting period” and “general insurance company” have the same meaning as in section 45A.

45D Application of section 45B if loss remains after application of section 45A

1 This section applies if—

a an amount of a loss made in a trade is carried forward to an accounting period (“the later period”) of a company under section 45A(4),

c the company continues to carry on the trade in the accounting period (“the further period”) after the later period, and

d any of the conditions in section 45C(2) is not met.

2 Subsections (2) to (8) of section 45B apply as if—

a references to the unrelieved amount were to so much of the amount carried forward to the later period as is not deducted or surrendered as mentioned in subsection (1)(b), and

b references to the later period were to the further period.

45E Re-application of section 45B if loss remains after previous application

1 This section applies if—

a an amount of a loss made in a trade is carried forward to an accounting period (“the later period”) of a company under section 45B(2),

b any of that amount is not used under section 45B(4) to reduce profits of the trade for the later period, and

c the company continues to carry on the trade in the accounting period (“the further period”) after the later period.

2 Subsections (2) to (8) of section 45B apply as if—

a references to the unrelieved amount were to so much of the amount carried forward to the later period as was not used as mentioned in subsection (1)(b), and

b references to the later period were to the further period.

45F Terminal losses: relief unrestricted by Part 7ZA and 7A

1 This section applies if—

a a company makes a loss in a trade in an accounting period (the “loss-making period”),

b an amount of that loss is carried forward to an accounting period of the company (“the terminal period”) under section 45, 45A or 45B,

c relief in the terminal period is not given under section 45, 45A or (as the case may be) 45B for that amount or for any part of it, and

d the company ceases to carry on the trade in the terminal period.

2 The company may make a claim for relief to be given for the unrelieved amount under this section.

3 If the company makes a claim the relief is given by deducting the unrelieved amount from the relevant profits of the company of—

a the terminal period, and

b previous accounting periods so far as they fall (wholly or partly) within the period of 3 years ending with the end of the terminal period.

4 But no deduction is to be made under subsection (3) for any accounting period which is—

a the loss-making period,

b a period before the loss-making period, or

c a period beginning before 1 April 2017.

5 The amount of a deduction to be made under subsection (3) for any accounting period is the amount of the unrelieved amount so far as it cannot be deducted under that subsection for a subsequent accounting period.

6 The company's claim must be made—

a within the period of two years after the end of the terminal period, or

b within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs may allow.

7 In this section—

“the unrelieved amount” means so much of the amount mentioned in subsection (1)(b) for which relief is not given in the terminal period under section 45, 45A or (as the case may be) 45B, and
“relevant profits”, in relation to the terminal period or any previous accounting period, means—
1. the total profits of the company of the period, in a case where the unrelieved amount was carried forward to the terminal period under section 45A,
2. the profits of the trade of the period, in a case where the unrelieved amount was carried forward to the terminal period under section 45 or 45B.

8 Relief under this section is subject to restriction or modification in accordance with provisions of the Corporation Tax Acts.

45G Section 45F: accounting period falling partly within 3 year period

1 This section applies if an accounting period falls partly within the period of 3 years mentioned in section 45F(3)(b).

2 The amount of the deduction for the unrelieved amount for the accounting period is not to exceed an amount equal to the overlapping proportion of the company's relevant profits of that period.

3 The overlapping proportion is the same as the proportion that the part of the accounting period falling within the period of 3 years bears to the whole of the accounting period.

4 In this section “the unrelieved amount” and “relevant profits” have the meaning given by section 45F(7).

45H Section 45F: transfers of trade to obtain relief

Section 45F does not apply by reason of a company ceasing to carry on a trade if—

a on the company ceasing to carry on the trade, any of the activities of the trade begin to be carried on by a person who is not (or by persons any or all of whom are not) within the charge to corporation tax, and

b the company's ceasing to carry on the trade is part of a scheme or arrangement the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to secure that that section applies by reason of the cessation.

UK property business losses¶

12Chapter 4 of Part 4 of CTA 2010 (property losses) is amended as follows.

1 Section 62 (relief for losses made in UK property business) is amended as follows.

2 In subsection (4)—

a in the words before paragraph (a), for “Subsection (5) applies” substitute “ Subsections (5) to (5C) apply ”, and

b for paragraph (a) substitute—

3 In subsection (5), for the words before paragraph (a) substitute “ The amount ”.

4 After subsection (5) insert—

1 Section 63 (company with investment business ceasing to carry on UK property business) is amended as follows.

2 For subsection (2) substitute—

3 In subsection (3)(b) for “that” substitute “ the next accounting ”.

4 After subsection (3) insert—

PART 2 Restriction on deductions in respect of carried-forward losses¶

15CTA 2010 is amended as follows.

16After section 269 insert—

PART 7ZA Restrictions on obtaining certain deductions

Introduction

269ZA Overview of Part

This Part contains provision restricting the amount of certain deductions which a company may make in calculating its taxable total profits for an accounting period.

Restrictions on obtaining certain deductions

269ZB Restriction on deductions from trading profits

1 This section has effect for determining the taxable total profits of a company for an accounting period.

2 The sum of any deductions made by the company for the accounting period which fall within subsection (3) may not exceed the relevant maximum.But this is subject to subsection (10).

3 The following deductions fall within this subsection—

a any deductions under section 45(4)(b) or 45B;

b any deduction under section 303B(4) or 303D(5), so far as it is a restricted deduction.

4 For the purposes of this section a deduction under section 303B(4) or 303D(5) is a “restricted deduction” so far as it would not be available but for section 304(5) (reduction of income derived from related activities).

5 In this section the “relevant maximum” means the sum of—

a 50% of the company's relevant trading profits for the accounting period, and

b the company's trading profits deductions allowance for the accounting period.

6 Section 269ZF contains provision for determining a company's relevant trading profits for an accounting period.

7 A company's “trading profits deductions allowance” for an accounting period—

a is so much of the company's deductions allowance for the period as is specified in the company's tax return as its trading profits deductions allowance for the period, and

b accordingly, is nil if no amount of the company's deductions allowance for the period is so specified.

8 An amount specified under subsection (7)(a) as a company's trading profits deductions allowance for an accounting period may not exceed the difference between—

a the amount of the company's deductions allowance for the period, and

b the total of any amounts specified for the period under section 269ZC(5)(a) (non-trading profits deductions allowance) and section 124D(4) of FA 2012 (BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance).

9 A company's “deductions allowance” for an accounting period is to be determined in accordance with section 269ZR where, at any time in that period—

a the company is a member of a group (see section 269ZZB), and

b one or more other companies within the charge to corporation tax are members of that group.

Otherwise, a company's “deductions allowance” for an accounting period is to be determined in accordance with section 269ZW.

10 Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to a company for an accounting period where, in determining the company's relevant trading profits, the amount given by step 1 in section 269ZF(3) is not greater than nil.

269ZC Restriction on deductions from non-trading profits

1 This section has effect for determining the taxable total profits of a company for an accounting period.

2 The sum of any deductions made by the company for the accounting period under section 457(3) and 463H(5) of CTA 2009 (carry forward of non-trading deficits from loan relationships against subsequent non-trading profits) may not exceed the relevant maximum.But this is subject to subsection (8).

3 In this section the “relevant maximum” means the sum of—

a 50% of the company's relevant non-trading profits for the accounting period, and

b the amount of the company's non-trading profits deductions allowance for the accounting period.

4 Section 269ZF contains provisions for determining a company's relevant non-trading profits for an accounting period.

5 A company's “non-trading profits deductions allowance” for an accounting period—

a is so much of the company's deductions allowance for the period as is specified in the company's tax return as its non-trading profits deductions allowance for the period, and

b accordingly, is nil if no amount of the company's deductions allowance for the period is so specified.

6 An amount specified under subsection (5)(a) as a company's non-trading profits deductions allowance for an accounting period may not exceed the difference between—

a the amount of the company's deductions allowance for the period, and

b the total of any amounts specified for the period under section 269ZB(7)(a) (trading profits deductions allowance) and section 124D(4) of FA 2012 (BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance).

7 A company's “deductions allowance” for an accounting period is to be determined in accordance with section 269ZR where, at any time in that period—

a the company is a member of a group (see section 269ZZB), and

b one or more other companies within the charge to corporation tax are members of that group.

Otherwise, a company's “deductions allowance” for an accounting period is to be determined in accordance with section 269ZW.

8 Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to a company for an accounting period where, in determining the company's relevant non-trading profits for the period, the amount given by step 1 in section 269ZF(3) is not greater than nil.

269ZD Restriction on deductions from total profits

1 This section has effect for determining the taxable total profits of a company for an accounting period.

2 The sum of any relevant deductions made by the company for the accounting period may not exceed the difference between—

a the relevant maximum, and

b the sum of—

i any deductions falling within section 269ZB(3) (carry forward of trade loss against subsequent trade profits) made by the company for the accounting period,

ii any deductions made by the company for the accounting period under sections 457(3) and 463H(5) of CTA 2009 (carry forward of non-trading deficits from loan relationships against subsequent non-trading profits), and

iii any deductions made by the company for the accounting period under sections 124(5), 124A(5) and 124C(6) of FA 2012 (carry forward of BLAGAB trade losses against BLAGAB trade profits).

But this is subject to subsection (7) and section 269ZE.

3 The following deductions made for an accounting period are “relevant deductions” for the purposes of this section—

a a deduction under section 463G of CTA 2009 (carry forward of non-trading deficit against total profits);

b a deduction under section 753 of CTA 2009 (non-trading losses on intangible fixed assets) in respect of a loss treated by subsection (3) of that section (carry forward of losses) as if it were a loss of the accounting period;

c a deduction under section 1219 of CTA 2009 (expenses of management of a company's investment business) in respect of an amount treated by section 1223(3) of that Act (carrying forward of expenses of management and other amounts) as expenses of management deductible for the accounting period;

d a deduction under section 1219 of CTA 2009 (expenses of management of a company's investment business) in respect of a loss treated by section 63(3) (carrying forward of certain losses made by company with investment business which ceases to carry on UK property business) as an expense of management deductible for the accounting period;

e a deduction under section 37 (relief for trade losses against total profits) made in reliance on section 1210(3), 1216DB(3), 1217DB(3), 1217MB(2), 1217SB(2) or 1218ZDB(2) of CTA 2009;

f a deduction under section 45A (carry forward of trade loss against total profits);

g a deduction under section 62(3) (relief for losses made in UK property business) in respect of a loss treated by subsection (5)(b) of that section (carry forward of losses) as a loss made by the company in the accounting period;

h a deduction under section 303C (excess carried forward non-decommissioning losses of ring fence trade: relief against total profits);

i a deduction under Part 5 (group relief) made in respect of a loss surrendered under that Part in reliance on section 1210(3), 1216DB(3), 1217DB(3), 1217MB(2), 1217SB(2) or 1218ZDB(2) of CTA 2009;

j a deduction under Part 5A (group relief for carried-forward losses);

k a deduction under section 124B of FA 2012 (deduction from total profits of excess carried-forward BLAGAB trade losses),

(but see section 269ZJ (insurance companies: shock losses).

4 In this section the “relevant maximum” means the sum of—

a 50% of the company's relevant profits for the accounting period, and

b the amount of the company's deductions allowance for the accounting period.

5 A company's “relevant profits” for an accounting period are the sum of—

a the company's relevant trading profits for the accounting period (see section 269ZF(1)),

b the company's relevant non-trading profits for the accounting period (see section 269ZF(2), and

c the company's relevant BLAGAB trade profits for the accounting period.

In this subsection “relevant BLAGAB trade profits” has the same meaning as in section 124D of FA 2012.

6 A company's “deductions allowance” for an accounting period is to be determined in accordance with section 269ZR where, at any time in that period—

a the company is a member of a group (see section 269ZZB), and

b one or more other companies within the charge to corporation tax are members of that group.

Otherwise, the company's “deductions allowance” for the accounting period is to be determined in accordance with section 269ZW.

7 Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to a company for an accounting period where the sum of—

a the amount given by paragraph (1) of step 1 in section 269ZF(3), and

b the company's BLAGAB trade profit for the accounting period,

is not greater than nil.

269ZE Restriction on deductions from total profits: insurance companies

1 Where the conditions in subsection (2) are met, section 269ZD has effect as if, for subsection (2) of that section there were substituted—

2 The conditions are that—

a the company referred to in section 269ZD(1) carries on business to which the charge to corporation tax under section 68 of FA 2012 (charge to tax on I-E profit) applies and has an I-E profit for the accounting period,

b the policyholders' share (if any) of the I-E profit is not the whole of that profit, and

c the adjusted shareholders' I-E profit for the accounting period is less than the BLAGAB-related loss capacity.

3 The “adjusted shareholders' I-E profit” is equal to—

a the shareholders' share of the I-E profit, less

b any excess capacity.

4 The “BLAGAB-related loss capacity” is equal to A + B - C where—

A is 50% of the company's relevant BLAGAB trade profits for the accounting period (as defined in section 124D of FA 2012);
B is the company's BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance for the period (if any) (as defined in section 124D of FA 2012);
C is the total of any deductions made by the company for the accounting period under sections 124(5), 124A(5) and 124C(6) of FA 2012.

5 To determine the modified loss cap, take the following steps—

Step 1: find the basic loss cap.
Step 2: reduce that amount by the BLAGAB-related loss capacity.
Step 3: add to the result of step 2 the adjusted shareholders' I-E profit.

The result is the modified loss cap.

6 In this section “the basic loss cap” means the difference referred to in the opening words of section 269ZD(2) (assuming that that section has effect without the modification set out in subsection (1) of this section) (but, if applicable, taking account of section 269ZJ).

7 In this section “excess capacity” means the amount (if any) by which—

a the section 269ZF step 2 amount, is less than

b what the section 269ZF step 2 amount would be if in paragraph (d) of section 269ZF(4) the reference to any I-E profit were to the policyholders' share of any I-E profit.

8 In subsection (7) the reference to the “section 269ZF step 2 amount” is to the sum given by paragraph (1) of step 2 of section 269ZF(3) in calculating the company's relevant trading profits and relevant non-trading profits for the accounting period: but for this purpose disregard paragraph (4) of step 1 of section 269ZF(3).

9 For the purposes of this section the “shareholders' share” of an insurance company's I-E profit for an accounting period is equal to—

a the amount of the I-E profit, less

b the policyholders' share (if any) of that profit.

10 In this section references to the policyholders' share of I-E profit are to that share as determined in accordance with section 103 of FA 2012.

Relevant profits

269ZF “Relevant trading profits” and “relevant non-trading profits”

1 A company's “relevant trading profits” for an accounting period are—

a the company's qualifying trading profits for the accounting period (see subsection (3)), less

b the company's trading profits deductions allowance for the accounting period (see section 269ZB(7)).

But if the allowance mentioned in paragraph (b) exceeds the profits mentioned in paragraph (a), the company's “relevant trading profits” for the accounting period are nil.

2 A company's “relevant non-trading profits” for an accounting period are—

a the company's qualifying non-trading profits for the accounting period (see subsection (3)), less

b the company's non-trading profits deductions allowance for the accounting period (see section 269ZC(5)).

But if the allowance mentioned in paragraph (b) exceeds the profits mentioned in paragraph (a), the company's “relevant non-trading profits” for the accounting period are nil.

3 To determine a company's qualifying trading profits and qualifying non-trading profits for an accounting period—

Step 1 - modified total profits
1. Calculate the company's total profits for the accounting period.
2. For the purposes of this subsection assume that the company's total profits for the accounting period are to be calculated with the modifications set out in subsection (4).
3. If the company's total profits for the accounting period (as modified under paragraph (2)) are not greater than nil, the company's qualifying trading profits and relevant non-trading profits for the accounting period are both nil.
4. Otherwise, proceed with steps 2 to 5.
Step 2 - negative amount for apportioning under step 4
1. Calculate the sum (“the step 2 amount”) of any amounts which (on the assumption set out in paragraph (2) of step 1), could be relieved against the company's total profits of the accounting period.
2. But in calculating that sum, ignore the amount of any excluded deductions for the accounting period (see subsection (5)).
3. If the company's total profits for the accounting period (as modified under step 1(2)) do not exceed the amount given by this step, the qualifying trading profits and the qualifying non-trading profits are both nil.
4. Otherwise, proceed with steps 3 to 5.
Step 3 - trade profits and non-trade profits Divide the company's total profits for the accounting period (as modified under step 1(2)) into—
1. profits of a trade of the company (the company's “trade profits”), and
2. profits that are not profits of a trade of the company (the company's “non-trade profits”).
Step 4 - apportioning the step 2 amount Take the step 2 amount and do one of the following—
1. reduce the company's trade profits by the whole of that amount,
2. reduce the company's non-trade profits by the whole of that amount, or
3. reduce the company's trade profits by part of that amount and reduce the company's non-trade profits by the remaining part of that amount.
Apply this step in a way which ensures that neither the company's trade profits nor the company's non-trade profits are reduced below nil.
Step 5 - amount of qualifying trading or non-trading profits (if not determined under step 1 or 2) The amounts resulting from step 3, after any reduction under step 4, are—
1. in the case of the amount in step 3(a), the company's qualifying trading profits, and
2. in the case of the amount in step 3(b), the company's qualifying non-trading profits.

4 For the purposes of subsection (3) the company's total profits for an accounting period are to be calculated with the following modifications—

a ignore any income so far as it falls within, and is dealt with under, Part 9A of CTA 2009 (company distributions);

b ignore any ring fence profits (as defined in section 276);

c ignore any contractor's ring fence profits (as defined in section 356LD);

d if the company is an insurance company, ignore any I-E profit (see section 141(2) of FA 2012);

e make no deductions under sections 45(4)(b) and 45B (carry forward of trade loss against subsequent trade profits) other than deductions that would be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB by reason of—

i section 1209(3), 1210(5A) or 1211(7A) of CTA 2009 (losses of film trade),

ii section 1216DA(3), 1216DB(5A) or 1216DC(7A) of that Act (losses of television programme trade),

iii section 1217DA(3), 1217DB(5A) or 1217DC(7A) of that Act (losses of video game trade),

iv section 1217MA(3) or 1217MC(9) of that Act (losses of theatrical trade),

v section 1217SA(3) or 1217SC(9) of that Act (losses of orchestral trade),

vi section 1218ZDA(3) or 1218ZDC(9) of that Act (losses of museum or gallery exhibition trade),

vii section 65(4B) or 67A(5A) (losses of UK or EEA furnished holiday lettings business),

viii section 269ZJ(1) (insurance companies: shock losses),

ix section 304(7) (certain losses of ring fence trades), or

x section 356NJ(2) (pre-1 April 2017 loss arising from oil contractor activities);

f make no restricted deductions (as defined in section 269ZB(4)) under section 303B(4) or 303D(5)); and

g make no deductions under section 457(3) or 463H(5) of CTA 2009 (carry forward of non-trading deficits from loan relationships against subsequent non-trading profits), other than deductions that would be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZC by reason of section 269ZJ(2) (insurance companies: shock losses).

5 The following are “excluded deductions” for an accounting period (“the current accounting period”)—

a a deduction for the current accounting period which is a relevant deduction for the purposes of section 269ZD (see subsection (3) of that section);

b a deduction under section 37 (relief for trade losses against total profits) in relation to a loss made in an accounting period after the current accounting period;

c a deduction under section 45F (terminal losses);

d a deduction under section 260(3) of CAA 2001 (special leasing of plant or machinery: carry back of excess allowances) in relation to capital allowances for an accounting period after the current accounting period; and

e a deduction under section 463E of CTA 2009 (non-trading deficit from loan relationships) in relation to a deficit for a period after the current accounting period.

Exclusion for certain general insurance companies

269ZG General insurance companies: excluded accounting periods

1 Nothing in sections 269ZB to 269ZE has effect for determining the taxable total profits of a general insurance company for an excluded accounting period.

2 An accounting period of a general insurance company is an “excluded accounting period” if conditions A and B are met.

3 Condition A is that—

a the company is subject to insolvency procedures (see section 269ZH) at the end of the accounting period,

b immediately before it became subject to insolvency procedures the company—

i was unable to pay its debts as they fell due, and

ii met the non-viability condition, and

c the company's liabilities in respect of qualifying latent claims (see section 269ZI) were the main factor contributing to the company's meeting the non-viability condition at that time.

4 Condition B is that—

a at the end of the accounting period the company meets the non-viability condition, and

b the company's liabilities in respect of qualifying latent claims are the main factor contributing to the company's meeting that condition at that time.

5 At any time, a general insurance company meets the non-viability condition if there is no realistic prospect that it will subsequently write any new insurance business.

6 For the purposes of this section a person who carries on the activity of effecting or carrying out contracts of general insurance is a “general insurance company” if—

a the person has permission under Part 4A of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 to carry on that activity,

b the person is of the kind mentioned in paragraph 5(d) or (da) of Schedule 3 to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (EEA passport rights) and carries on that activity in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment there, or

c the person qualifies for authorisation under Schedule 4 to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Treaty rights) and carries on that activity in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment there.

7 The definition in subsection (6) is subject to the following qualifications—

a a friendly society within the meaning of Part 3 of FA 2012 is not a general insurance company, and

b an insurance special purpose vehicle (as defined in section 139 of FA 2012) is not a general insurance company.

8 In this section—

“contract of general insurance” means a contract of a type described in Part 1 of Schedule 1 to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Regulated Activities) Order 2001 (S.I. 2001/544);
“liability” includes a contingent or prospective liability.

269ZH “Insolvency procedures”

1 For the purposes of section 269ZG a company is subject to insolvency procedures if—

a it is in liquidation,

b it is in administration,

c it is in receivership, or

d a relevant scheme has effect in relation to it.

2 A company is “in liquidation” for the purposes of this section if—

a it is in liquidation within the meaning of section 247 of the Insolvency Act 1986 or Part 3 of the Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989 (S.I. 1989/2405 (N.I. 19), or

b a corresponding situation under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom exists in relation to the company.

3 A company is “in administration” for the purposes of this section if—

a it is in administration within the meaning of Schedule B1 to the Insolvency Act 1986 or Schedule B1 to the Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989, or

b there is in force in relation to it under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom any appointment corresponding to the appointment of an administrator under either of those Schedules.

4 A company is “in receivership” for the purposes of this section if there is in force in relation to it—

a an order for the appointment of an administrative receiver, a receiver and manager or a receiver under Chapter 1 or 2 of Part 3 of the Insolvency Act 1986 or Part 4 of the Insolvency (Northern Ireland Order) 1989, or

b any corresponding order under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom.

5 In this section “relevant scheme” means a compromise or arrangement—

a under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985, Article 418 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986 (S.I. 1986/1032 (N.I. 6)) or Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006, or

b under any corresponding provision of the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom.

269ZI “Qualifying latent claims”

1 This section applies for the purposes of section 269ZG.

2 Where a general insurance company has a liability in respect of a claim, the claim is a “qualifying latent claim” if conditions A to C are met.

3 In this section “claim” means a claim (whether actual or potential) under an insurance policy.

4 Condition A is that—

a the claim is of a type that was not reasonably foreseeable at the time when the insurance policy concerned was entered into, and

b it is likely that, had the company foreseen that type of claim, the price or other terms of the policy would have been significantly different.

5 Condition B is that the latency period associated with that type of claim (see subsection (7)) is more than 10 years.

6 Condition C is that the insurance policy, or the part of the insurance policy under which the claim is or would be made, is—

a an employer's liability policy, or

b a public or products liability policy.

7 The “latency period” associated with a type of claim is the mean period for claims of the type between—

a the insured event giving rise to the claim, and

b notification of the claim.

8 The mean period mentioned in subsection (7) is to be determined as at the end of the accounting period mentioned in section 269ZG(2).

9 In this section—

“employer's liability policy” means an insurance policy against the risks of the person insured incurring liabilities to the insured's employees for injury, illness or death arising out of their employment during the course of business;
“general insurance company” is to be interpreted in accordance with section 269ZG;
“insurance policy” includes any contract of insurance;
“liability” includes a contingent or prospective liability;
“public or products liability policy” means an insurance policy against the risks of the person insured incurring liabilities to third parties for damage to property, injury, illness or death, arising in the course of the insured's business.

269ZJ Exclusion of shock losses from restrictions

1 If a shock loss is—

a carried forward to an accounting period of an insurance company (see section 269ZP(2)), and

b deducted under section 45B (post-1 April 2017 trade losses carried forward against trade profits),

the deduction is to be treated as not falling within section 269ZB(3).

2 If a shock loss is—

a carried forward to an accounting period of an insurance company, and

b deducted under section 463H of CTA 2009 (carry forward of unrelieved non-trading deficit from loan relationships against non-trading profits),

the company is to be treated for the purposes of sections 269ZC and 269ZD(2)(b)(ii) as not having made that deduction.

3 If an insurance company makes a deduction of (or in respect of) a shock loss, that deduction is not a “relevant deduction” for the purposes of section 269ZD (restriction on deductions from total profits).

4 See also section 124E of FA 2012 (exclusion from the restriction on deductions from BLAGAB trade profits).

269ZK Meaning of “shock loss”: requirement to make a claim

1 If the conditions in subsection (3) are met, an insurance company may make a claim in respect of—

a a loss or other amount (the “specified loss”), and

b a period of 12 months (“the specified period”) which is a solvency shock period (see section 269ZM).

2 A claim may specify more than one 12 month period under subsection (1)(b) (but periods specified by an insurance company under this section may not overlap with one another).

3 The conditions are that—

a the accounting period (for corporation tax purposes) in which the specified loss arises (“the loss-making period”) begins on or after 1 April 2017,

b the specified loss is, or is capable of being, carried forward to a subsequent accounting period, and

c the loss-making period and the specified period have one or more days in common.

4 A claim under this section must be made within—

a the period of two years after the end of the loss-making period, or

b such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs allows.

5 If—

a a claim is made under this section, and

b the whole of the loss-making period is, or falls within, the specified period,

the specified loss is a “shock loss”.

6 If—

a a claim is made under this section, and

b the loss-making period falls partly, but not wholly, in the specified period,

the specified loss is a “shock loss” so far as it is attributable to the specified period.

7 For the purposes of subsection (6) the specified loss is “attributable to” the specified period in the proportion—

\frac{P}{N}

Where P is the number of days of the loss-making period that fall within the specified period and N is the number of days in the loss-making period.

8 If the method in subsection (7) would produce a result that is unjust or unreasonable, the apportionment of the specified loss for the purposes of subsection (6) is to be made on a just and reasonable basis.

269ZL Further provision about claims under section 269ZK

1 A claim under section 269ZK is not effective unless—

a the claim—

i states the company's solvency capital requirement at the beginning of the specified period,

ii states the company's shock loss threshold for that period, and sets out the calculation of that amount (as described in steps 2 to 5 of 269ZN(1)), and

iii states the amount of the company's solvency loss for that period (see section 269ZO), and

b the company submits with the claim—

i information (“the submitted information”) corresponding to the information specified in the template mentioned in point (i), (j) or (k) (as the case requires) of Article 4 of the technical standards implementing Regulation, and

ii a report provided by the appropriate person which meets the condition in subsection (2).

2 The condition is that the report includes an opinion confirming that—

a the submitted information is prepared in all material respects in accordance with any relevant requirements which would apply if the submitted information were disclosed as part of the company's report on solvency and financial condition,

b the calculation of the company's shock loss threshold (not including step 1(a) of section 269ZN(1)) complies in all material respects with section 269ZN, and

c the company's solvency loss is calculated in all material respects in accordance with section 269ZO.

3 In this section “relevant requirements” means—

a requirements under rules made by the Prudential Regulation Authority, and

b requirements under any directly applicable EU regulation made under the Solvency 2 Directive.

4 In this section “the appropriate person” means—

a the company's chief actuary, or

b (if the company is not a PRA-authorised person) a person with equivalent functions.

5 Subsections (1)(b)(i), (2)(a) and (3) have effect in relation to a third-country insurance undertaking as if it were an insurance undertaking.

269ZM Meaning of “solvency shock period”

A period of 12 months is a “solvency shock period” in relation to an insurance company if the company has a solvency loss for that period (see section 269ZO) which exceeds the company's shock loss threshold for that period (see section 269ZN).

269ZN Determination of shock loss threshold

1 A company's shock loss threshold for a 12 month period is determined as follows.

Step 1
1. Calculate the company's solvency capital requirement at the beginning of that period.
2. But any adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of deferred taxes is to be calculated, and applied, on the assumption that that period is a solvency shock period in relation to the company.
3. The resulting amount is the company's “adjusted SCR”.
Step 2 Calculate the deductible amount (see subsection (2)) for each relevant ring-fenced fund of the company.
Step 3 Deduct the total of the amounts found under step 2 from the company's adjusted SCR.
Step 4 Multiply the amount found under step 3 by 90%.
Step 5 The result is the company's shock loss threshold for the period.

2 The deductible amount for a relevant ring-fenced fund is the lesser of A and B, where—

a A is the amount of basic own funds within that fund at the beginning of the period (or zero, if greater);

b B is the notional solvency capital requirement for that fund at the beginning of that period.

3 But in calculating amount A for the purposes of subsection (2)—

a no account is to be taken of the value of future transfers attributable to shareholders;

b a restricted own-fund item within the fund is to be disregarded if the company's with-profits actuary provides a written opinion confirming that the condition in subsection (4) is met.

4 The condition is that—

a the item is available as a restricted own-fund item pursuant to conditional support arrangements, and

b if at the time mentioned in subsection (2)(a) or any subsequent time (when the conditional support arrangements are in place) the value of the company's interest in the item were to be (or is in fact) greater than zero, that value would be recognised for the purposes of a balance sheet drawn up at the time in question by the company in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice.

5 In this section “conditional support arrangements” means arrangements under which the relevant restrictions would cease to apply if specified conditions relating to the financial strength of the fund were met.

6 In subsection (5) “the relevant restrictions” means the restrictions on transferability as a result of which the item is a restricted own-fund item.

7 In this section “adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of deferred taxes” means—

a an adjustment pursuant to Article 103(c) of the Solvency 2 Directive, or

b any corresponding adjustment made pursuant to Subsection 3 of Section 4 of Chapter 6 of Title 1 of the Solvency 2 Directive (solvency capital requirement full and partial internal models).

8 Where the company is a third-country insurance undertaking—

a steps 1(b) and 2 to 5 of subsection (1), and

b subsections (2) to (7),

have effect with any modifications that are appropriate as a result of the reference in step 1(a) of subsection (1) to the “solvency capital requirement” having effect in accordance with section 269ZP(1)(b).

269ZO Calculation of solvency loss

1 An insurance company's solvency loss (if any) for a 12 month period is determined as follows.

2 Calculate, in the manner set out in subsections (5) to (11)—

a whether the total amount of the company's basic own funds at the beginning of the period (“opening BOF”) exceeds the total amount of the company's basic own funds at the end of the period (“closing BOF”), and

b if so, the amount by which opening BOF exceeds closing BOF.

3 The company has a solvency loss for the 12 month period only if an excess of opening BOF over closing BOF is found under subsection (2)(a).

4 The amount found under subsection (2)(b) is the amount of the solvency loss.

5 The method of calculation under subsection (2) must fairly represent the method by which the company calculates its solvency capital requirement.But this is subject to subsections (6) to (10).

6 Closing BOF is to be calculated on the assumption that the 12 month period mentioned in subsection (1) is a solvency shock period in relation to the company.

7 The following adjustments are to be made in calculating the company's basic own funds at the beginning and end of the period—

1 Find (with respect to each of those times) what that amount would be in the absence of this subsection.

2 Find the surplus in respect of each relevant ring-fenced fund of the company (at the time in question).

3 Deduct the total of the amounts found under paragraph 2 from the amount found under paragraph 1.

The result is to be taken to be the amount of the company's basic own funds at the beginning, or (as the case may be) the end, of the period.

8 The surplus in respect of a relevant ring-fenced fund (at any time) is equal to—

a the amount of basic own funds attributable to policyholders, or

b zero, if greater.

9 For any relevant ring-fenced fund, the amount of basic own funds attributable to policyholders (at any time) is equal to—

A - B

where—

A is the amount of basic own funds within the relevant ring-fenced fund;

B is the total of any items in the fund that fall within subsection (10).

10 The items are—

a the value of future transfers attributable to shareholders;

b any restricted own-fund item in relation to which the company's with-profits actuary provides a written opinion confirming that the condition in subsection (4) of section 269ZN is met.

11 In subsection (5) the reference to the “method” of a calculation is to the—

a taking into account, and

b leaving out of account,

of variations in items of basic own funds for the purposes of the calculation.

12 If the company is a third-country insurance undertaking, subsections (1) to (11) have effect in relation to it as if it were an insurance undertaking.

269ZP Interpretation of sections 269ZJ to 269ZO

1 In sections 269ZJ to 269ZO “solvency capital requirement”—

a in relation to an insurance undertaking or a reinsurance undertaking, means the solvency capital requirement pursuant to Section 4 of Chapter 6 of Title 1 of the Solvency 2 Directive;

b in relation to a third-country insurance undertaking, means the amount that would be the undertaking's solvency capital requirement pursuant to Section 4 of Chapter 6 of Title 1 of the Solvency 2 Directive if that undertaking were an insurance undertaking.

2 In sections 269ZJ to 269ZO and this section—

“actuarial function”, in relation to a PRA-authorised person, has the meaning given by the PRA Rulebook;
“basic own funds” is to be interpreted in accordance with Article 88 of the Solvency 2 Directive;
“chief actuary”, in relation to a PRA-authorised person, means a person who has the function of having responsibility for the actuarial function;
“insurance company” means a company which is an insurance undertaking, a reinsurance undertaking or a third-country insurance undertaking;
“insurance undertaking” has the meaning given in Article 13(1) of the Solvency 2 Directive;
“notional solvency capital requirement”, in relation to a ring-fenced fund, has the same meaning as in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 supplementing the Solvency 2 Directive;
“PRA-authorised person” has the same meaning as in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (see section 2B(5) of that Act);
“the PRA Rulebook” means the Rulebook made by the Prudential Regulation Authority under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as that Rulebook has effect from time to time);
“reinsurance undertaking” has the meaning given in Article 13(4) of the Solvency 2 Directive;
“relevant ring-fenced fund” means a ring-fenced fund that is a with-profits fund;
“report on solvency and financial condition” means a report on solvency and financial condition pursuant to Article 51 of the Solvency 2 Directive;
“restricted own-fund item” is to be interpreted in accordance with Article 80(2) of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 supplementing the Solvency 2 Directive;
“ring-fenced fund” has the same meaning as in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 supplementing the Solvency 2 Directive;
“Solvency 2 Directive” means Directive 2009/138/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of 25 November 2009 on the taking-up and pursuit of the business of Insurance and Reinsurance (Solvency II);
“technical standards implementing Regulation” means Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2015/2452 of 2 December 2015 laying down implementing technical standards with regard to the procedures, formats and templates of the solvency and financial condition report in accordance with the Solvency 2 Directive;
“third-country insurance undertaking” means an undertaking that has received authorisation under Article 162 of the Solvency 2 Directive from the Prudential Regulation Authority or the Financial Conduct Authority;
“value of future transfers attributable to shareholders” has the same meaning as in Article 80 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/35 supplementing the Solvency 2 Directive;
“with-profits fund” has the meaning given by the Glossary forming part of the PRA Rulebook;
“with-profits actuary” has the meaning given by the Glossary forming part of the Handbook made by the Financial Conduct Authority under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as that Handbook has effect from time to time).

269ZQ Power to amend

1 The Treasury may by regulations make such amendments of the provisions mentioned in subsection (2) as they consider appropriate in consequence of—

a any change made to, or replacement of, the PRA Rulebook or the FCA Handbook;

b any regulatory requirement, or change to a regulatory requirement, imposed by EU legislation, or by or under any Act (whenever adopted, enacted or made).

2 The provisions are—

a sections 269ZJ to 269ZP,

b sections 124A to 124E of FA 2012.

3 Regulations under this section may include transitional provision.

4 In this section—

“the PRA Rulebook” means the Rulebook made by the Prudential Regulation Authority under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as that Rulebook has effect from time to time);
“the FCA Handbook means the Handbook made by the Financial Conduct Authority under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as that Handbook has effect from time to time).

Deductions allowance

269ZR Deductions allowance for company in a group

1 This section makes provision as to the deductions allowance of a company for an accounting period where, at any time in the period—

a the company is a member of a group, and

b one or more other companies within the charge to corporation tax are members of that group.

2 The company's deductions allowance for the accounting period is the sum of—

a any amounts of group deductions allowance allocated to the company for the period in accordance with sections 269ZS to 269ZV, and

b the appropriate amount of non-group deductions allowance of the company for the period,

up to a limit of £5,000,000.

3 The “appropriate amount of non-group deductions allowance” of the company, for the accounting period, is—

\frac{DNG}{DAC} \times £ 5,000,000

where—

“DNG” is the number of days in the period on which the company is not a member of a group that has another member that is a company within the charge to corporation tax, and

“DAC” is the total number of days in the period.

4 If the accounting period is less than 12 months—

a the appropriate amount of non-group deductions allowance, and

b the limit in subsection (2),

are proportionally reduced.

269ZS Group deductions allowance and the nominated company

1 This section applies where—

a two or more members of a group are companies within the charge to corporation tax, and

b all the companies within the charge to corporation tax that are members of the group together nominate (“the group allowance nomination”) one of their number (“the nominated company”) for the purposes of this Part.

2 The “group deductions allowance” for the group is £5,000,000 for each accounting period of the nominated company throughout which the group allowance nomination has effect.

3 If the group allowance nomination takes effect, or ceases to have effect, part of the way through an accounting period of the nominated company, the “group deductions allowance” for the group for that period is—

\frac{DN}{DAC} \times £ 5,000,000

where—

“DN” is the number of days in the accounting period on which a group allowance nomination that nominates the nominated company in relation to the group has effect, and

“DAC” is the total number of days in the accounting period.

4 If an accounting period of the nominated company is less than 12 months, the group deductions allowance for that period is proportionally reduced.

5 A group allowance nomination must state the date on which it is to take effect (which may be earlier than the date the nomination is made).

6 A group allowance nomination is of no effect unless it is signed by the appropriate person on behalf of each company that is, when the nomination is made, a member of the group and within the charge to corporation tax.

7 A group allowance nomination ceases to have effect—

a immediately before the date on which a new group allowance nomination in respect of the group takes effect,

b upon the appropriate person in relation to a company within the charge to corporation tax that is a member of the group notifying an officer of Revenue and Customs, in writing, that the group allowance nomination is revoked, or

c upon the nominated company ceasing to be a company within the charge to corporation tax or ceasing to be a member of the group.

8 The Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs may by regulations make further provision about a group allowance nomination or any notification under this section including, in particular, provision—

a about the form and manner in which a nomination or notification may be made,

b about how a nomination may be revoked and the form and manner of such revocation,

c requiring a person to notify HMRC of the making or revocation of a nomination,

d requiring a person to give information to HMRC in connection with the making or revocation of a nomination or the giving of a notification,

e imposing time limits in relation to making or revoking a nomination or giving a notification, and

f providing that a nomination or its revocation, or a notification, is of no effect, or ceases to have effect, if time limits or other requirements under the regulations are not met.

9 In this Part “the appropriate person”, in relation to a company, means—

a the proper officer of the company, or

b such other person as may for the time being have the express, implied or apparent authority of the company to act on its behalf for the purposes of this Part.

10 Subsections (3) and (4) of section 108 of TMA 1970 (responsibility of company officers: meaning of “proper officer”) apply for the purposes of subsection (9) as they apply for the purposes of that section.

269ZT Group allowance allocation statement: submission

1 A company must submit a group allowance allocation statement to HMRC for each of its accounting periods in which it is the nominated company in relation to a group.This is subject to subsections (2) and (3).

2 If a company ceases to be the nominated company in relation to a group before it submits a group allowance allocation statement to HMRC for an accounting period—

a that company may not submit the statement, and

b the company that is for the time being the nominated company in relation to the group must do so.

3 But if a new group allowance nomination in respect of the group takes effect on a date before it is made, that does not affect the validity of the submission of any group allowance allocation statement submitted before the date the new nomination is made.

4 A group allowance allocation statement under this section must be received by HMRC before the first anniversary of the filing date for the company tax return for the accounting period to which the statement relates.

5 A group allowance allocation statement under this section may be submitted at a later time if an officer of Revenue and Customs allows it.

6 A group allowance allocation statement under this section must comply with the requirements of section 269ZV.

269ZU Group allowance allocation statement: submission of revised statement

1 This section applies if a group allowance allocation statement has been submitted under section 269ZT, or this section, in respect of an accounting period of a company that is, or was, a nominated company (“the nominee's accounting period”).

2 A revised group allowance allocation statement in respect of the nominee's accounting period may be submitted to HMRC by the company that is for the time being the nominated company in relation to the group.

3 But if a new group allowance nomination in respect of the group takes effect on a date before it is made, that does not affect the validity of the submission of any revised group allowance allocation statement submitted before the date the new nomination is made.

4 A revised group allowance allocation statement may be submitted on or before whichever is the latest of the following dates—

a the first anniversary of the filing date for the company tax return for the nominee's accounting period,

b if notice of enquiry (within the meaning of Schedule 18 to FA 1998) is given into a relevant company tax return, 30 days after the enquiry is completed,

c if, after such an enquiry, an officer of Revenue and Customs amends the return under paragraph 34(2) of that Schedule, 30 days after the notice of amendment is issued,

d if an appeal is brought against such an amendment, 30 days after the date on which the appeal is finally determined.

5 A revised group allowance allocation statement may be submitted at a later time if an officer of Revenue and Customs allows it.

6 In this section “relevant company tax return” means a company tax return of a company for an accounting period for which an amount of group deductions allowance was, or could have been, allocated by a previous group allowance allocation statement in respect of the nominee's accounting period.

7 The references in subsection (4) to an enquiry into a relevant company tax return do not include an enquiry resulting from an amendment of such a return where—

a the scope of the enquiry is limited as mentioned in paragraph 25(2) of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (enquiry into amendments when time limit for enquiry into return as originally submitted is passed), and

b the amendment relates only to the allocation of group deductions allowance for the nominee's accounting period.

8 A group allowance allocation statement under this section must comply with the requirements of section 269ZV.

269ZV Group allowance allocation statement: requirements and effects

1 This section applies in relation to a group allowance allocation statement submitted under section 269ZT or 269ZU.

2 The statement must be signed by the appropriate person in relation to the company giving the statement.

3 The statement must—

a identify the group to which it relates,

b specify the accounting period, of the company that is or was the nominated company, to which the statement relates (“the nominee's accounting period”),

c specify the days in the nominee's accounting period on which that company was the nominated company in relation to the group or state that that company was the nominated company throughout the period,

d state the group deductions allowance the group has for the nominee's accounting period,

e list one or more of the companies that were members of the group and within the charge to corporation tax in the nominee's accounting period (“listed companies”),

f allocate amounts of the group deductions allowance to the listed companies, and

g for each amount of group deductions allowance allocated to a listed company, specify the accounting period of the listed company for which it is allocated.

4 An amount of group deductions allowance allocated to a listed company must be allocated to that company for an accounting period that falls wholly or partly in the nominee's accounting period.

5 The maximum amount of group deductions allowance that may be allocated, by the group allowance allocation statement, to a listed company for an accounting period of that company is—

\frac{DAP}{DNAP} \times GSA

where—

“DAP” is the number of days in the accounting period of the listed company that are—

days in the nominee's accounting period, and
days on which the company was a member of the group,

“DNAP” is the number of days in the nominee's accounting period, and

“GSA” is the group deductions allowance of the group for the nominee's accounting period.

6 The sum of the amounts allocated to listed companies by the group allowance allocation statement may not exceed the group deductions allowance for the nominee's accounting period.

7 If a group allowance allocation statement is submitted that does not comply with subsection (5) or (6), the company that is, for the time being, the nominated company in relation to the group must submit a revised group allowance allocation statement that does comply with those subsections within 30 days of the date on which the group allowance allocation statement that did not comply was submitted or within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs allows.

8 If a group allowance allocation statement—

a complies with those subsections when it is submitted, but

b subsequently ceases to comply with either of them,

the company that is, for the time being, the nominated company in relation to the group must submit a revised group allowance allocation statement that does comply with those subsections within 30 days of the date on which the group allowance allocation statement ceased to comply with one of those subsections or within such further period as an officer of Revenue and Customs allows.

9 If a company fails to comply with subsection (7) or (8), an officer of Revenue and Customs may by written notice to the company amend the group allowance allocation statement as the officer thinks fit for the purpose of making it comply with subsections (5) and (6).

10 An officer of Revenue and Customs who issues a notice under subsection (9) to a company must, at the same time, send a copy of the notice to each of the listed companies.

11 The time limits otherwise applicable to the amendment of a company tax return do not apply to any such amendment to the extent that it is made in consequence of a group allowance allocation statement being submitted in accordance with section 269ZT or 269ZU.

12 The Commissioners for Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs may by regulations make further provision about a group allowance allocation statement including, in particular, provision—

a about the form of a statement and the manner in which it is to be submitted,

b requiring a person to give information to HMRC in connection with a statement,

c as to the circumstances in which a statement that is not received by the time specified in section 269ZU(4) is to be treated as if it were so received, and

d as to the circumstances in which a statement that does not comply with the requirements of this section is to be treated as if it did comply.

269ZW Deductions allowance for company not in a group

1 This section makes provision as to the deductions allowance of a company for an accounting period where section 269ZR (deductions allowance for company in a group) does not apply.

2 The company's deductions allowance for the accounting period is £5,000,000.

3 If the accounting period is less than 12 months, the company's deductions allowance for the period is proportionally reduced.

269ZX Increase of deductions allowance where provision for onerous lease reversed

1 This section applies if—

a a relevant reversal credit (see section 269ZY) is brought into account in calculating a company's specified profits for an accounting period, and

b the amount of the company's specified profits for the accounting period is greater than nil.

2 For the purposes of this section a company's “specified profits” for an accounting period are the sum of—

a the company's total profits for the accounting period, calculated with the modifications set out in section 269ZF(4), and

b any I-E profit of the company for the accounting period.

3 The company's deductions allowance for the accounting period (as determined in accordance with section 269ZR or 269ZW) is to be treated (for all purposes) as increased by—

a the amount of the relevant reversal credit, or

b if lower, the amount of the specified profits.

269ZY Meaning of “relevant reversal credit”

1 For the purposes of section 269ZX a “relevant reversal credit” is a credit, or other income, brought into account in respect of the relevant reversal (see subsections (3) and (5)) of a relevant onerous lease provision.

2 A provision in the accounts of a company (“C”) is a “relevant onerous lease provision” if—

a the provision relates to a lease of land under which C is the tenant (and “L” is the landlord),

b the provision is required, for accountancy purposes, as a provision for an onerous lease, and

c the lease was entered into at arm's length.

3 The reversal (in whole or in part) of a relevant onerous lease provision is a “relevant reversal” if—

a the reversal is required for accountancy purposes as a result of an arrangement (“C's arrangement”) made at arm's length under which C's obligations under the lease are varied or cancelled,

b subsection (4) does not apply, and

c at least one of conditions X, Y and Z in subsection (7) is met.

4 This subsection applies if—

a C and L are connected at the time when C's arrangement is made, or

b the landlord who granted the lease (whether that was L or another person) and the tenant to whom it was granted (whether that was C or another person) were connected at the time when the lease was granted.

5 The reversal (in whole or in part) of a relevant onerous lease provision is a “relevant reversal” if—

a the lease has been granted out of a lease (“the superior lease”),

b L and C are members of the same group of companies,

c the reversal would be a relevant reversal by virtue of subsection (3) if the condition in subsection (3)(b) (lack of connection between C and L) were met,

d the terms of C's arrangement substantially reflect those of an arrangement (“L's arrangement”) made at arm's length under which L's obligations under the superior lease are varied or cancelled, and

e subsection (6) does not apply.

6 This subsection applies if—

a at the time when L's arrangement is made, the landlord under the superior lease (“S”) is connected with L or C, or

b the landlord who granted the superior lease (whether that is S or another person) and the tenant to whom it was granted (whether that was L or another person) were connected at the time when that lease was granted.

7 The conditions mentioned in subsection (3)(c) are as follows.

Condition X is that—
1. it is reasonable to suppose that immediately before C's arrangement was made there was a material risk that at some time within the next 12 months C would be unable to pay its debts as they fell due, and
2. the sole or main purpose of C's arrangement was to avert that risk (whether directly or indirectly).
Debts due to a person connected with C are to be regarded as not being debts for the purposes of paragraph (a).
Condition Y is that C is in insolvent administration.
Condition Z is that C's arrangement is, or is part of, a statutory insolvency arrangement.

8 In this section “statutory insolvency arrangement” means—

a a voluntary arrangement that has taken effect under, or as a result of, the Insolvency Act 1986 or the Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989 (S.I. 1989/ 2405 (N.I. 19)),

b a compromise or arrangement that has taken effect under Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006, or

c an arrangement or compromise of a kind corresponding to any of those mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) that has taken effect under, or as a result of, the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom,

(and for the purposes of this section an arrangement which is, or is part of, a statutory insolvency arrangement is taken to be “made” when the statutory insolvency arrangement takes effect).

9 For the purposes of this section a company in administration is in insolvent administration if—

a it entered administration under Schedule B1 to the Insolvency Act 1986, or Schedule B1 to the Insolvency (Northern Ireland) Order 1989, at a time when its assets were insufficient for the payment of its debts and other liabilities and the expenses of the administration, or

a under the law of a country or territory outside the United Kingdom circumstances corresponding to those mentioned in paragraph (a) exist.

10 In the application of subsection (5) to Scotland, the reference to the lease having been granted out of the superior lease is to the lease being a sublease of land subject to the superior lease.

11 Section 152 (groups of companies) applies for the purposes of this section as it applies for the purposes of Part 5.

12 For the purposes of this section any question whether a person is connected with another is to be determined in accordance with section 1122.

269ZZ Company tax return to specify amount of deductions allowance

1 A company's tax return for an accounting period must specify—

a the amount of the company's deductions allowance for the period, and

b if section 269ZX (increase of deductions allowance where provision for onerous lease reversed) applies, what that amount would be without the increase provided for by subsection (3) of that section.

2 But subsection (1) applies only if the company makes for the accounting period a deduction to which section 269ZB(2), 269ZC(2) or 269ZD(2) or section 124D(1) of FA 2012 applies.

269ZZA Excessive specifications of deductions allowance

1 This section applies if a company's tax return for an accounting period specifies an excessive amount as—

a the company's deductions allowance for the period,

b the company's trading profits deductions allowance for the period,

c the company's non-trading profits deductions allowance for the period,

d the company's contractor's ring fence profits deductions allowance for the period, or

e the company's BLAGAB trade profits deductions allowance for the period.

2 The company must, so far as it may do so, amend the company tax return so that the amount specified is not excessive.

3 If an officer of Revenue and Customs considers that an undue amount of relief has been given as a consequence of the amount specified being excessive, the officer may make an assessment to tax in the amount which in the officer's opinion ought to be charged.

4 If—

a the amount specified became excessive in consequence of an alteration being made to the amount of group deductions allowance allocated to the company for the accounting period concerned, and

b the company has failed, or is unable, to amend its company tax return in accordance with subsection (2),

an assessment under subsection (3) is not out of time if it is made within 12 months of the date on which the alteration took place.

5 The power in subsection (3) is without prejudice to the power to make a discovery assessment under paragraph 41(1) of Schedule 18 to FA 1998.

269ZZB Meaning of “group”

1 In this Part “group” means two or more companies which together meet the following condition.

2 The condition is that one of the companies is—

a the ultimate parent of each of the other companies, and

b is not the ultimate parent of any other company.

3 A company (“A”) is the “ultimate parent” of another company (“B”) if—

a A is the parent of B, and

b no company is the parent of both A and B.

4 A company (“A”) is the “parent” of another company (“B”) if—

a B is a 75% subsidiary of A,

b A is beneficially entitled to at least 75% of any profits available for distribution to equity holders of B, or

c A would be beneficially entitled to at least 75% of any assets of B available for distribution to its equity holders on a winding up.

5 The following apply for the purposes of subsection (4)—

a Chapter 6 of Part 5 (equity holders and profits or assets available for distribution) other than sections 169 to 182, and

b Chapter 3 of Part 24 (subsidiaries).

This is subject to subsections (6) and (7).

6 In applying Chapter 3 of Part 24 for the purposes of subsection (4)—

a share capital of a registered society is to be treated as if it were ordinary share capital, and

b a company (“the shareholder”) that directly owns shares in another company is to be treated as not owning those shares if a profit on their sale would be a trading receipt of the shareholder.

7 In applying Chapter 6 of Part 5 (other than sections 169 to 182) and Chapter 3 of Part 24 for the purposes of subsection (4), they are to be read with all modifications necessary to ensure that—

a they apply to a company which does not have share capital, and to holders of corresponding ordinary holdings in such a company, in a way which corresponds to the way they apply to companies with ordinary share capital and holders of ordinary shares in such companies,

b they apply to a company which is an unincorporated association in a way which corresponds to the way they apply to companies which are bodies corporate,

c they apply in relation to ownership through an entity (other than a company), or any trust or other arrangement, in a way which corresponds to the way they apply to ownership through a company, and

d for the purposes of achieving paragraphs (a) to (c), profits or assets are attributed to holders of corresponding ordinary holdings in unincorporated associations, entities, trusts or other arrangements in a manner which corresponds to the way profits or assets are attributed to holders of ordinary shares in a company which is a body corporate.

8 In this section “corresponding ordinary holding” in an unincorporated association, entity, trust or other arrangement means a holding or interest which provides the holder with economic rights corresponding to those provided by a holding of ordinary shares in a body corporate

1 Section 269C (overview of Chapter 3 of Part 7A: restriction on banking company obtaining certain deductions) is amended as follows.

2 After subsection (1) insert—

3 In subsection (2) for “269CD” substitute “ 269CC ”

1 Section 269CA (restriction on deductions for pre-1 April 2015 trading losses) is amended as follows.

2 In subsection (2), in the second sentence—

a for “269CD” substitute “ 269ZF ”, and

b omit “step 5 in”.

3 In subsection (3), for the words from “where” to the end substitute “ in relation to a banking company for an accounting period where, in determining the company's relevant trading profits for the period, the amount given by step 1 in section 269ZF(3) is not greater than nil ”.

1 Section 269CB (restriction on deductions for pre-1 April 2015 non-trading deficits from loan relationships) is amended as follows.

2 In subsection (2), in the second sentence—

a for “269CD” substitute “ 269ZF ”, and

b for “step 6 in subsection (1)” substitute “ subsection (2) ”.

3 In subsection (3), for the words from “where” to the end substitute “ in relation to a banking company for an accounting period where, in determining the company's relevant non-trading profits for the period, the amount given by step 1 in section 269ZF(3) is not greater than nil ”

1 Section 269CC (restriction on deductions for pre-1 April 2015 management expenses etc) is amended as follows.

2 In subsection (3) for the words from “does not apply” to the end substitute “ is subject to subsection (8) ”.

3 In subsection (7)—

a in the second sentence of step 1, for “269CD” substitute “ 269ZD(5) ”,

b in step 2 for the words from “which are” to the end substitute

4 After subsection (7) insert—

21Section 269CD (relevant profits) is omitted.

1 Section 269CN (definitions for the purposes of Part 7A) is amended as follows.

2 In the definition of “relevant non-trading profits” for the words from “means” to the end substitute “ has the meaning given by section 269ZF(2) ”.

3 In the definition of “relevant profits” for the words from “means” to the end substitute “ has the meaning given by section 269ZD(5) ”.

4 In the definition of “relevant trading profits” for the words from “means” to the end substitute “ has the meaning given by section 269ZF(1) ”.

PART 3 Group relief for carried-forward losses¶

23After section 188 of CTA 2010 insert—

PART 5A Group relief for carried-forward losses

CHAPTER 1 Introduction

188AA Introduction to Part

1 This Part—

a allows a company to surrender losses and other amounts that have been carried forward to an accounting period of the company (see Chapter 2), and

b enables, in certain cases involving groups or consortiums of companies, other companies to claim corporation tax relief for the losses and other amounts that are surrendered (see Chapter 3).

2 Chapters 4 and 5 contain limitations on the amount of corporation tax relief which may be given on a claim under Chapter 3.

3 See Chapter 5 for definitions that apply for the purposes of this Part and miscellaneous provisions.

4 The corporation tax relief mentioned in this section is called “group relief for carried-forward losses.

CHAPTER 2 Surrender of company's carried-forward losses etc

188BA Overview of Chapter

1 This Chapter allows a company to surrender losses and other amounts that have been carried forward to an accounting period of the company.

2 Section 188BB sets out the basic provisions about the surrendering of losses and other amounts.

3 Sections 188BC to 188BJ place restrictions on the surrendering of losses and other amounts.

188BB Surrender of carried-forward losses and other amounts

1 Subsection (2) applies if—

a a loss or other amount is carried forward to an accounting period of a company under any of the following provisions—

i section 463G(6) of CTA 2009 (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 non-trading deficit from loan relationships);

ii section 753(3) of that Act (carry forward of non-trading loss on intangible fixed assets);

iii section 1223 of that Act (carry forward of expenses of management of investment business);

iv section 45A(4) of this Act (carry forward of post-1 April 2017 trade loss);

v sections 62(5)(a) and 63(3)(a) of this Act (carry forward of loss made in UK property business); or

b section 303C of this Act (excess carried forward non-decommissioning losses of ring fence trade: relief against total profits) applies in relation to an amount.

2 The company may surrender the loss or other amount under this Chapter so far as the loss or other amount is eligible for corporation tax relief (apart from this Part).

3 Subsection (4) applies if any of a BLAGAB trade loss made by an insurance company for an accounting period is carried forward to an accounting period of the company (“the later period”) under section 124A(2) or 124C(3) of FA 2012.

4 The company may surrender the remaining carried forward amount under this Chapter so far as that amount is eligible for corporation tax relief (apart from this Part).

5 In subsection (4) “the remaining carried forward amount” means so much of the amount carried forward (as mentioned in subsection (3)) as cannot be deducted under section 124A(5) or 124C(6) of FA 2012 from the company's BLAGAB trade profit (if any) of the later period.

6 Under paragraph 70(1) of Schedule 18 to FA 1998, the company surrenders losses or other amounts, so far as eligible for surrender under this Chapter, by consenting to one or more claims for group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the amounts (see requirement 1 in section 188CB(3) and requirement 1 in section 188CC(3)).

7 In this Part, in relation to losses or other amounts within subsection (1) or (4) that a company has carried forward to an accounting period—

“the surrenderable amounts” means those losses and other amounts so far as eligible for surrender under this Chapter,
“surrendering company” means the company that has the losses or other amounts,
“the surrender period” means the accounting period to which the losses and other amounts have been carried forward.

8 See sections 188BC to 188BJ for provisions restricting what the surrendering company may surrender under this section.

188BC Restriction on surrendering pre-1 April 2017 losses etc

1 The surrendering company may not surrender under this Chapter—

a a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 753(3) of CTA 2009 in so far as the loss is made up of an amount previously carried forward under that section from an accounting period beginning before 1 April 2017,

b expenses carried forward to the surrender period under section 1223 of CTA 2009 if the expenses were first deductible under section 1219 of that Act for an accounting period beginning before that date, or

c a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 62(5)(a) or 63(3)(a) of this Act if the loss was made in an accounting period beginning before that date.

2 The surrendering company may not surrender under this Chapter a qualifying charitable donation carried forward to the surrender period under section 1223 of CTA 2009.

188BD Restriction where investment business has become small or negligible

1 The surrendering company may not surrender under this Chapter—

a a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 753(3) of CTA 2009 if an investment business carried on by the surrendering company became small or negligible before the beginning of that period,

b expenses carried forward to the surrender period under section 1223 of CTA 2009 if the surrendering company's investment business became small or negligible before the beginning of that period, or

c a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 62(5)(a) or 63(3)(a) if the surrendering company's investment business became small or negligible before the beginning of that period.

2 In this section—

a “company with investment business” has the same meaning as in Part 16 of CTA 2009 (see section 1218B of that Act);

b references to a company's investment business are to be construed in accordance with section 1219(2) of CTA 2009.

188BE Restriction where surrendering company could use losses etc itself

The surrendering company may not surrender any losses or other amounts under this Chapter if—

a section 269ZD(2) applies in determining the taxable total profits of the surrendering company for the surrender period, and

b the sum of the relevant deductions (within the meaning of section 269ZD(3)) made for the surrender period is less than the maximum permitted by section 269ZD(2).

188BF Restriction where surrendering company has no income-generating assets

The surrendering company may not surrender any losses or other amounts under this Chapter if at the end of the surrender period the surrendering company has no assets capable of producing income.

188BG Restrictions for certain insurance companies

1 If the surrendering company is a general insurance company and the surrender period is an excluded accounting period, the company may not surrender under this Chapter—

a a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 753(3) of CTA 2009;

b expenses carried forward to the surrender period under section 1223 of CTA 2009;

c a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 62(5)(a) or 63(3)(a).

2 In subsection (1) “excluded accounting period” and “general insurance company” are to be interpreted in accordance with section 269ZG.

3 If the surrendering company is a Solvency 2 insurance company it may not surrender under this Chapter—

a a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 753(3) of CTA 2009,

b expenses carried forward to the surrender period under section 1223 of CTA 2009, or

c a loss carried forward to the surrender period under section 62(5)(a) or 63(3)(a),

so far as the loss is, or (as the case may be) the expenses are, a shock loss.

188BH Restriction on surrender of losses etc made when UK resident

1 This section applies in relation to a loss or other amount carried forward to the surrender period if the surrendering company was UK resident during the loss-making period.

2 The surrendering company may not surrender the loss or other amount under this Chapter so far as the loss or other amount—

a is attributable to a permanent establishment through which the company carried on a trade outside the United Kingdom during the loss-making period (see subsection (3)), and

b is, or represents, an amount within subsection (5).

3 A loss or other amount is attributable to a permanent establishment of the surrendering company if (ignoring this section) the amount could be included in the company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period if those amounts were determined—

a by reference to that establishment alone, and

b by applying, in relation to that establishment, principles corresponding in all material respects to those mentioned in subsection (4).

4 The principles are those that would be applied for corporation tax purposes in determining an equivalent loss or other amount in the case of a permanent establishment through which a non-UK resident company carried on a trade in the United Kingdom.

5 An amount is within this subsection if, for the purposes of non-UK tax chargeable under the law of the territory in which the permanent establishment was situated, the amount is or at any time has been (in any period) deductible from or otherwise allowable against non-UK profits of a person other than the surrendering company.

6 Subsection (7) applies for the purposes of subsection (5) if, in order to determine if an amount is or at any time has been deductible or otherwise allowable for the purposes of non-UK tax chargeable under the law of a territory, it is necessary under that law to know if the amount (or a corresponding amount) is or has been deductible or otherwise allowable for tax purposes in the United Kingdom.

7 The amount is to be treated as deductible or otherwise allowable for the purposes of the non-UK tax chargeable under the law of the territory concerned if (and only if) the surrendering company is treated as resident in that territory for the purposes of the non-UK tax.

8 In this section and section 188BI—

“the loss-making period”, in relation to a loss or other amount, means the accounting period in which the loss was made or the amount arose,
“non-UK tax” has the meaning it has in Part 5 (see section 187), and
“non-UK profits” has the meaning given by section 108.

188BI Restriction on surrender of losses made when non-UK resident

1 This section applies in relation to a loss or other amount carried forward to the surrender period if during the loss-making period the surrendering company was a non-UK resident company—

a carrying on a trade of dealing in or developing UK land, or

b carrying on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment.

2 If the surrendering company was established in the EEA during the loss-making period, it may surrender the loss or other amount under this Chapter only so far as conditions A and B are met.Subsection (8) imposes restrictions on a surrender under this subsection.

3 In any other case, the surrendering company may surrender the loss or other amount under this Chapter only so far as conditions A, B and C are met in relation to the loss or amount.

4 Condition A is that the loss or other amount is attributable to activities of the surrendering company in respect of which it is within the charge to corporation tax for the loss-making period.

5 Condition B is that the loss or other amount is not attributable to activities of the surrendering company that are double taxation exempt for the loss-making period (within the meaning given by section 186).

6 Condition C is that—

a the loss or other amount does not correspond to, and is not represented in, an amount with subsection (7), and

b no amount brought into account in calculating the loss or other amount corresponds to, or is represented in, an amount within subsection (7).

7 An amount is within this subsection if, for the purposes of non-UK tax chargeable under the law of a territory, the amount is or at any time has been (in any period) deductible from or otherwise allowable against non-UK profits of any person.

8 A loss or other amount may not be surrendered by virtue of subsection (2) if and to the extent that it, or any amount brought into account in calculating it, corresponds to, or is represented in, amounts within subsection (9).

9 An amount is within this subsection if, for the purposes of non-UK tax chargeable under the law of a territory, the amount has (in any period) been deducted from or otherwise allowed against non-UK profits of any person.

10 But an amount is not to be taken to be within subsection (7) or (9) by reason only that it is—

a an amount of profits brought into account for the purpose of being excluded from non-UK profits of the person, or

b an amount brought into account in calculating an amount of profits brought into account as mentioned in paragraph (a).

11 Subsection (12) applies for the purposes of subsection (7) if, in order to determine if an amount is or at any time has been deductible or otherwise allowable for the purposes of non-UK tax chargeable under the law of a territory, it is necessary under that law to know if the amount (or a corresponding amount) is or at any time has been deductible or otherwise allowable for tax purposes in the United Kingdom.

12 The amount is to be treated as deductible or otherwise allowable for the purposes of the non-UK tax chargeable under the law of the territory concerned.

13 For the purposes of this section a company is established in the EEA if—

a it is constituted under the law of the United Kingdom or an EEA territory, and

b it has its registered office, central administration or principal place of business within the European Economic Area.

14 In subsection (13) “EEA territory”, in relation to any time, means a territory outside the United Kingdom that is within the European Economic Area at that time.

188BJ Restriction on surrender losses etc made when dual resident

The surrendering company may not surrender a loss or other amount under this Chapter if the company was not eligible to surrender the loss or other amount under Chapter 2 of Part 5 by reason of section 109 (restriction on losses etc surrenderable by dual resident).

CHAPTER 3 Claims for group relief for carried-forward losses

Introduction

188CA Overview of Chapter

This Chapter sets out how a company may claim group relief for carried-forward losses and how the relief is given.

Claiming group relief for carried-forward losses

188CB Claims in relation to all the surrenderable amounts

1 This section applies in relation to the surrendering company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period under Chapter 2.

3 The requirements are as follows—

Requirement 1 The surrendering company consents to the claim.
Requirement 2 There is a period (“the overlapping period”) that is common to the claim period and the surrender period.
Requirement 3 At a time during the overlapping period—
1. the group condition is met (see section 188CE)
2. consortium condition 1 is met (see section 188CF), or
3. consortium condition 2 is met (see section 188CG).

4 A claim under this section may relate to the whole of the surrenderable amounts or to part of them only.

5 This section is subject to section 188CD (claim not allowed by company with unused carried-forward losses of its own).

188CC Claims in relation to the surrenderable amounts that are attributable to a specified accounting period

1 This section applies in relation to the surrendering company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period under Chapter 2.

2 If the requirements in subsection (3) are met, a company (“the claimant company”) may make a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses for an accounting period (“the claim period”) in relation to the surrenderable amounts that are attributable to an accounting period of the surrendering company specified in the claim (“the specified loss-making period”).

3 The requirements are as follows—

Requirement 1 The surrendering company consents to the claim.
Requirement 2 There is a period (“the overlapping period”) that is common to the claim period and the surrender period.
Requirement 3 Consortium condition 3 (see section 188CH) or consortium condition 4 (see section 188CI) is met throughout a period which—
1. begins before or during the specified loss-making period, and
2. ends during or after the overlapping period.

4 A claim under this section may relate to the whole of the surrenderable amounts attributable to the specified loss-making period or to part of them only.

5 This section is subject to section 188CD (claim not allowed by company with unused carried-forward losses of its own)

188CD Claim not allowed by company with unused carried-forward losses of its own

A company may not make a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses for an accounting period if—

a any amount carried forward to that period under any provision mentioned in section 188BB(1), or any amount which is carried forward to that period and falls within section 124B(1)(b) of FA 2012, is not deducted in full from the total profits of the company for that period at Step 2 of section 4(2),

b the company makes a claim under section 458(1) of CTA 2009 for any amount of a deficit to be excepted from being set off against profits of that period,

c the company makes a claim under section 45(4A) that the profits of a trade of that period are not to be reduced or are not to be reduced by more than a specified amount, or

d the company makes a claim under section 45B(5) for relief not to be given in that period for an amount of a loss or for a specified part of an amount of a loss.

188CE The group condition

1 The group condition is met if the surrendering company and the claimant company—

a are members of the same group of companies, and

b are both UK related.

2 For the meaning of “UK related” in subsection (1)(b) and in sections 188CF to 188CI, see section 188CJ.

188CF Consortium condition 1

1 Consortium condition 1 is met if—

a the claimant company is a trading company or a holding company,

b the claimant company is owned by a consortium,

c the surrendering company is a member of the consortium, and

d both companies are UK related.

2 But consortium condition 1 is not met if a profit on a sale within subsection (3) by the surrendering company would be a trading receipt of the surrendering company.

3 A sale is within this subsection if it is a sale of—

a the share capital the surrendering company owns in the claimant company, or

b if the claimant company is owned by the consortium as a result of section 153(3) (consortiums involving holding companies), the share capital the surrendering company owns in the holding company in question.

188CG Consortium condition 2

1 Consortium condition 2 is met if—

a the claimant company is a trading company or a holding company,

b the claimant company is owned by a consortium,

c the surrendering company is not a member of the consortium,

d the surrendering company is a member of the same group of companies as a third company (“the link company”),

e the link company is a member of the consortium,

f the surrendering company and the claimant company are both UK related.

2 But consortium condition 2 is not met if a profit on a sale within subsection (3) by the link company would be a trading receipt of that company.

3 A sale is within this subsection if it is a sale of—

a the share capital the link company owns in the claimant company, or

b if the claimant company is owned by the consortium as a result of section 153(3) (consortiums involving holding companies), the share capital the link company owns in the holding company in question.

188CH Consortium condition 3

1 Consortium condition 3 is met if—

a the surrendering company is a trading company or a holding company,

b the surrendering company is owned by a consortium,

c the claimant company is a member of the consortium, and

d both companies are UK related.

2 But consortium condition 3 is not met if a profit on a sale within subsection (3) by the claimant company would be a trading receipt of the claimant company.

3 A sale is within this subsection if it is a sale of—

a the share capital the claimant company owns in the surrendering company, or

b if the surrendering company is owned by the consortium as a result of section 153(3) (consortiums involving holding companies), the share capital the claimant company owns in the holding company in question.

188CI Consortium condition 4

1 Consortium condition 4 is met if—

a the surrendering company is a trading company or a holding company,

b the surrendering company is owned by a consortium,

c the claimant company is not a member of the consortium,

d the claimant company is a member of the same group of companies as a third company (“the link company”),

e the link company is a member of the consortium, and

f the claimant company and the surrendering company are both UK related.

2 But consortium condition 4 is not met if a profit on a sale within subsection (3) by the link company would be a trading receipt of that company.

3 A sale is within this subsection if it is a sale of—

a the share capital the link company owns in the surrendering company, or

b if the surrendering company is owned by the consortium as a result of section 153(3) (consortiums involving holding companies), the share capital the link company owns in the holding company in question.

188CJ Meaning of “UK related” company

For the purpose of sections 188CE to 188CI a company is UK related if—

a it is a UK resident company, or

b it is a non-UK resident company carrying on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment.

Giving group relief for carried-forward losses

188CK Deductions from total profits

1 If a claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB or 188CC, the group relief for carried-forward losses is given by the making of a deduction from the claimant company's total profits of the claim period.

2 In the case of a claim under section 188CB, the amount of the deduction under subsection (1) is—

a an amount equal to the surrendering company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period, or

b if the claim is in relation to only part of those amounts, an amount equal to that part.

3 Subsection (2) is subject to—

a subsections (6) to (9),

b the limitations set out in Chapter 4, and

c section 269ZD (restriction on deductions from total profits).

4 In the case of a claim under section 188CC, the amount of the deduction under subsection (1) is—

a an amount equal to the surrendering company's surrenderable amounts for the surrender period that are attributable to the specified loss-making period, or

b if the claim is in relation to only part of those amounts, an amount equal to that part.

5 Subsection (4) is subject to—

a subsections (6) to (9),

b the limitations set out in Chapter 5, and

c section 269ZD (restriction on deductions from total profits).

6 A deduction under subsection (1) is to be made—

a before deductions for relief within subsection (7), but

b after all other deductions to be made at Step 2 in section 4(2) (apart from deductions for group relief for carried-forward losses on other claims).

7 The deductions within this subsection are deductions for relief—

a under section 37 in relation to a loss made in an accounting period after the claim period,

b under section 260(3) of CAA 2001 in relation to capital allowances for an accounting period after the claim period, and

c under section 389 or 463B of CTA 2009 in relation to a deficit of a deficit period after the claim period.

8 For the purposes of subsection (6)(b) it is to be assumed that the claimant company has claimed all relief available to it for the claim period under section 37 of this Act or section 260(3) of CAA 2001.

9 Corporation tax relief is not to be given more than once for the same amount, whether—

a by giving group relief for carried-forward losses and by giving some other relief (for any accounting period) to the surrendering company, or

b by giving group relief for carried-forward losses more than once.

CHAPTER 4 Limitations on relief: claims under section 188CB

Introduction

188DA Overview

This Chapter sets out limitations on the amount of relief which may be given on a claim under section 188CB.

General limitation on amount of relief

188DB Limitation on amount of relief applying to all claims under section 188CB

1 The amount of group relief for carried-forward losses to be given on a claim under section 188CB (“the current claim”) is limited to whichever is the lesser of—

a the amount mentioned in subsection (2), and

b the amount mentioned in subsection (3).

2 The amount referred to in subsection (1)(a) is the unused part of the surrenderable amounts (see section 188DC).

3 The amount referred to in subsection (1)(b) is the difference between—

a the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period (see section 188DD), and

b the amount of previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses for the overlapping period (see section 188DE).

188DC Unused part of the surrenderable amounts

1 The unused part of the surrenderable amounts is the amount equal to—

a the surrenderable amount for the overlapping period (see subsection (2)), less

b the amount of prior surrenders for that period (see subsections (3) to (5)).

2 To determine the surrenderable amount for the overlapping period—

a take the proportion of the surrender period included in the overlapping period, and

b apply that proportion to the surrenderable amounts for the surrender period.

The surrenderable amount for the overlapping period is the amount given as a result of paragraph (b).

3 To determine the amount of prior surrenders for the overlapping period—

a identify any prior claims for the purposes of this section (see subsection (4)), and

b take the steps set out in subsection (5) in relation to each such claim.

The amount of prior surrenders for the overlapping period is the total of the previously used amounts given at step 3 in subsection (5) for all the prior claims.

4 A claim is a prior claim for the purposes of this section if—

a it is either—

i a claim under section 188CB by any company which relates to the same amounts as the current claim, or

ii a claim under section 188CC by any company which relates to amounts included in the amounts to which the current claim relates,

b it is made before the current claim, and

c it has not been withdrawn.

5 These are the steps referred to in subsection (3)(b) to be taken in relation to each prior claim.

Step 1 Identify the overlapping period for the prior claim.
Step 2 Identify any period that is common to the overlapping period for the current claim and the overlapping period for the prior claim. If there is a common period, go to step 3. If there is no common period, there is no previously used amount in relation to the prior claim (and ignore step 3).
Step 3 Determine the previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the prior claim (see subsection (6)).

6 To determine the previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to a prior claim—

a take the proportion of the overlapping period for the prior claim that is included in the common period identified at step 2 in relation to that claim, and

b apply that proportion to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on the prior claim.

The previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the prior claim is the amount given as a result of paragraph (b).

7 For the meaning of the “overlapping period” see section 188DG.

188DD Claimant company's relevant maximum for overlapping period

1 The claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period is determined as follows—

Step 1 Calculate the claimant company's relevant maximum for the claim period in accordance with section 269ZD(4).
Step 2 Deduct from that amount the sum of—
1. any deductions made by the company for the claim period
  1. under section 45(4)(b) or 45B(4), or
  2. under section 303B or 303D by virtue of section 304(5),
2. any deductions made by the company for the claim period under section 457(3) or 463H(5) of CTA 2009,
3. any deductions made by the company for the claim period under section 124(5), 124A(5) or 124C(6) of FA 2012, and
4. any deductions made by the company for the claim period which are deductions within any of paragraphs (a) to (i) and (k) of section 269ZD(3).
Step 3 Take the proportion of the claim period included in the overlapping period and apply that proportion to the amount arrived at under step 2.

2 In step 2 of subsection (1)—

a in paragraph (a)(i), the references to deductions under section 45(4)(b) or 45B(4) do not include deductions that would be ignored for the purposes of section 269ZB by reason of—

i section 1209(3), 1210(5A) or 1211(7A) of CTA 2009 (losses of film trade),

ii section 1216DA(3), 1216DB(5A) or 1216DC(7A) of that Act (losses of television programme trade),

iii section 1217DA(3), 1217DB(5A) or 1217DC(7A) of that Act (losses of video game trade),

iv section 1217MA(3) or 1217MC(9) of that Act (losses of theatrical trade),

v section 1217SA(3) or 1217SC(9) of that Act (losses of orchestral trade),

vi section 1218ZDA(3) or 1218ZDC(9) of that Act (losses of museum or gallery exhibition trade),

vii section 65(4B) or 67A(5A) (losses of UK or EEA furnished holiday lettings business),

viii section 269ZJ(1) (insurance companies: shock losses),

ix section 304(7) (certain losses of ring fence trades), or

x section 356NJ(2) (pre-1 April 2017 loss arising from oil contractor activities);

b in paragraph (b) the reference to a deduction under section 463H(5) does not include the deduction of a shock loss.

3 If the amount of the claimant company's relevant profits for the claim period (calculated in accordance with section 269ZD(5)) is less than the amount of the claimant company's deductions allowance for the claim period (determined in accordance with section 269ZD(6)), subsection (1) has effect as if step 1 was modified as follows—

Step 1 Calculate the claimant company's relevant profits for the claim period in accordance with section 269ZD(5).

4 If section 269ZD has effect in relation to the claimant company for the claim period with the modifications set out in section 269ZE(1) (special loss cap for insurance companies in certain cases), subsection (1) has effect as if steps 1 and 2 were modified as follows—

Step 1 Determine, in accordance with section 269ZE(5), the modified loss cap for the claimant company and the claim period.
Step 2 Reduce that amount by the total of any deductions made by the claimant company for the claim period which are deductions within any of paragraphs (a) to (i) and (k) of section 269ZD(3).

5 Subsection (2) is to be ignored if subsection (3) applies.

188DE Previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses

1 To determine the amount of previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses for the overlapping period—

a identify any prior claims for the purposes of this section (see subsection (2)), and

b take the steps set out in subsection (3) in relation to each such claim.

The amount of previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses for the overlapping period is the total of the previously claimed amounts given at step 3 in subsection (3) for all the prior claims.

2 A claim is a prior claim for the purposes of this section if—

a it is a claim under section 188CB or 188CC by the claimant company for group relief for carried-forward losses which would be given by way of a deduction from the company's total profits of the claim period,

b it is made before the current claim, and

c it has not been withdrawn.

3 These are the steps referred to in subsection (1)(b) to be taken in relation to each prior claim.

Step 1 Identify the overlapping period for the prior claim.
Step 2 Identify any period that is common to the overlapping period for the current claim and the overlapping period for the prior claim. If there is a common period, go to step 3. If there is no common period, there is no previously claimed amount in relation to the prior claim (and ignore step 3).
Step 3 Determine the previously claimed amount of group relief for carried forward losses in relation to the prior claim (see subsection (4)).

4 To determine the previously claimed amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to a prior claim—

a take the proportion of the overlapping period for the prior claim that is included in the common period identified at step 2 in relation to that claim, and

b apply that proportion to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on the prior claim.

The previously claimed amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the prior claim is the amount given as a result of paragraph (b).

188DF Sections 188DC to 188DE: supplementary

1 If two or more claims for group relief for carried-forward losses are made at the same time, for the purpose of section 188DC and 188DE treat the claims as made—

a in such order as the company making them may elect or the companies making them may jointly elect, or

b if no such election is made, in such order as an officer of Revenue and Customs may direct.

2 For the purpose of step 3 in each of section 188DC(5) and 188DE(3) the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on a prior claim is determined on the basis that relief is given on the claim before it is given on any later claim.

3 If the use of any proportion mentioned in subsection (4), would, in the circumstances of a particular case, produce a result that is unjust or unreasonable, the proportion is to be modified so far as necessary to produce a result that is just and reasonable.

4 The proportions are those found in—

a section 188DC(2),

b section 188DC(6),

c step 3 in section 188DD(1), and

d section 188DE(4)

188DG Sections 188DC and 188DE: meaning of “the overlapping period”

1 In sections 188DC and 188DE “the overlapping period”, in relation to a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses, means the period that is common to the claim period and the surrender period (see Requirement 2 in section 188CB(3) and Requirement 2 in section 188CC(3)).

2 But if during any part of the overlapping period the relief condition is not met, that part is treated as not forming part of the overlapping period but instead as forming—

a a part of the surrender period that is not included in the overlapping period, and

b a part of the claim period that is not included in the overlapping period.

3 The relief condition is the condition on which the claim for group relief for carried forward losses is based, that is—

the group condition,
consortium condition 1,
consortium condition 2,
consortium condition 3, or
consortium condition 4.

Further limitations on amount of relief if claim based on consortium conditions 1 or 2

188DH Condition 1: ownership proportion

1 This section applies if—

a the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB for group relief for carried-forward losses, and

b the claim is based on consortium condition 1.

2 The relief to be given on the claim is limited to the ownership proportion of the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period (see section 188DD to determine the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period).

3 The ownership proportion is the same as the lowest of the following proportions prevailing during the overlapping period—

a the proportion of the ordinary share capital of the claimant company that is beneficially owned by the surrendering company,

b the proportion of any profits available for distribution to equity holders of the claimant company to which the surrendering company is beneficially entitled,

c the proportion of any assets of the claimant company available for distribution to such equity holders on a winding up to which the surrendering company would be beneficially entitled, and

d the proportion of the voting power in the claimant company that is directly possessed by the surrendering company.

4 If any of the proportions in subsection (3) changes during the overlapping period, use the average of that proportion during that period.

5 If the claimant company is owned by the consortium company as a result of section 153(3) (consortium company involving holding companies), references in subsection (3) to the claimant company are to be read as references to the holding company in question.

6 In this section “the overlapping period” is to be read in accordance with section 188DG.

7 Chapter 6 of Part 5 (equity holders and profits or assets available for distribution) applies for the purposes of subsection (3)(b) and (c).

188DI Condition 2: ownership proportion

1 This section applies if—

a the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB for group relief for carried-forward losses, and

b the claim is based on consortium condition 2.

2 The limitation on relief in section 188DH applies in relation to the claim, but for this purpose references in section 188DH(3) to the surrendering company are to be read as reference to the link company.

188DJ Condition 2: companies in link company's group

1 Where—

a the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB, and

b the claim is based on consortium condition 2,

the amount of relief to be given on the claim is limited by subsections (2) and (3).

2 There is a limit on the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses that can be given, in total, to the claimant company for the claim period on consortium claims made in relation to losses and other amounts surrendered by the link company and group companies.

3 That limit is the same as the limit that, as a result of section 188DH(2), would apply for the purposes of a consortium claim made by the claimant company for the claim period in relation to losses or other amounts surrendered by the link company, assuming that the link company was UK related.

4 In determining the limit that would apply as a result of section 188DH(2) it is to be assumed that the accounting period of the link company is the same as the accounting period of the claimant company.

5 In this section—

“consortium claim” means a claim for group relief for carried-forward losses under section 188CB,
“group company” means a company that is a member of the same group of companies as the link company (other than the link company itself), and
“UK related”, in relation to a company, has the meaning given by section 188CJ.

188DK Conditions 1 and 2: claimant company not controlled by surrendering company etc

1 This section applies if—

a the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB for group relief for carried-forward losses,

b the claim is based on consortium condition 1, and

c during any part of the overlapping period, arrangements within subsection (3) are in place which enable a person to prevent the surrendering company, either alone or together with one or more other companies that are members of the consortium, from controlling the claimant company.

2 This section also applies if—

a the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB for group relief for carried-forward losses,

b the claim is based on consortium condition 2, and

c during any part of the overlapping period, arrangements within subsection (3) are in place which enable a person to prevent the link company, either alone or together with one or more other companies that are members of the consortium, from controlling the claimant company.

3 Arrangements are within this subsection if—

a the company, either alone or together with one or more other companies that are members of the consortium, would control the claimant company, but for the existence of the arrangements, and

b the arrangements form part of a scheme the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is to enable the claimant company to obtain a tax advantage under this Chapter.

4 The relief to be given on the claim is to be determined as if the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period was 50% of what it would be but for this section (see section 188DD to determine the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period).

5 In this section “the overlapping period” is to be read in accordance with section 188DG

6 Section 1139 (“tax advantage”) applies for the purposes of this section.

188DL Conditions 1 and 2: claimant company in group of companies

1 This section applies if—

a the claimant company makes a claim under section 188CB based on consortium condition 1 or 2, and

b the claimant company is a member of a group of companies.

2 In determining the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period under section 188DD, the amount calculated at step 1 of that section is to be treated as reduced (but not below nil) by the group's potential relief.

3 The group's potential relief is the sum of—

a the maximum amount of group relief for carried-forward losses that could be claimed by the claimant company for the claim period on claims under section 188CB based on the group condition, and

b the maximum amount of group relief under Part 5 that could be claimed by the claimant company for the claim period on claims under section 130 based on the group condition.

4 Before determining the maximum amount of potential group relief for carried-forward losses or potential group relief under subsection (3) take account of any claim made before the claim mentioned in subsection (1) that—

a is a claim for group relief or group relief for carried-forward losses based on the group condition made by another member of the same group of companies as the claimant company, and

b is in relation to losses or other amounts surrendered.

CHAPTER 5 Limitations on relief: claims under section 188CC

Introduction

188EA Overview of Chapter

This Chapter sets out limitations on the amount of relief which may be given on a claim under section 188CC.

General limitation on amount of relief

188EB Limitation on amount of relief applying to all claims under section 188CC

1 The amount of group relief for carried-forward losses to be given on a claim under section 188CC (“the current claim”) is limited to whichever is the lesser of—

a the amount mentioned in subsection (2),

b the amount mentioned in subsection (3), and

c the amount mentioned in subsection (4).

2 The amount referred to in subsection (1)(a) is the unused part of the surrenderable amounts that are attributable to the specified loss-making period (see section 188EC).

3 The amount referred to in subsection (1)(b) is the difference between—

a the claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period (see section 188ED), and

b the amount of previously claimed group relief for carried-forward losses for the overlapping period (see section 188EE).

4 The amount referred to in subsection (1)(c) is the potential Part 5 group relief amount (see section 188EF).

188EC Unused part of surrenderable amounts attributable to specified loss-making period

1 The unused part of the surrenderable amounts that are attributable to the specified loss-making period is the amount equal to—

a the surrenderable amount for the overlapping period (see subsection (2)), less

b the amount of prior surrenders for that period (see subsections (3) to (5)).

2 To determine the surrenderable amount for the overlapping period—

a take the proportion of the surrender period included in the overlapping period, and

b apply that proportion to the surrenderable amounts for the surrender period that are attributable to the specified loss-making period.

The surrenderable amount for the overlapping period is the amount given as a result of paragraph (b).

3 To determine the amount of prior surrenders for the overlapping period—

a identify any prior claims for the purposes of this section (see subsection (4)), and

b take the steps set out in subsection (5) in relation to each such claim.

The amount of prior surrenders for the overlapping period is the total of the previously used amounts given at step 3 in subsection (5) for all the prior claims.

4 A claim is a prior claim for the purposes of this section if—

a it is either—

i a claim under section 188CB by any company which relates to the amounts to which the current claim relates (as well as any other amounts), or

ii a claim under section 188CC by any company which relates to the same amounts to which the current claim relates,

b it is made before the current claim, and

c it has not been withdrawn.

5 These are the steps referred to in subsection (3)(b) to be taken in relation to each prior claim.

Step 1 Identify the overlapping period for the prior claim.
Step 2 Identify any period that is common to the overlapping period for the current claim and the overlapping period for the prior claim. If there is a common period, go to step 3. If there is no common period, there is no previously used amount in relation to the prior claim (and ignore step 3).
Step 3 Determine the previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the prior claim (see subsections (6) to (8)).

6 To determine the previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to a prior claim made under section 188CB—

Step 1 Take the proportion of the overlapping period for the prior claim that is included in the common period identified at step 2 in subsection (5) in relation to that claim.
Step 2 Apply that proportion to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on the claim.
Step 3 Multiply the amount arrived at under step 2 by the fraction set out in subsection (7).

7 The fraction is—

\frac{A}{B}

where—

A is the sum of the surrenderable amounts that are attributable to the specified loss-making period, and

B is the sum of all the surrenderable amounts.

8 To determine the previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to a prior claim made under section 188CC—

a take the proportion of the overlapping period for the prior claim that is included in the common period identified at step 2 in subsection (5) in relation to that claim, and

b apply that proportion to the amount of group relief for carried-forward losses given on the prior claim.

The previously used amount of group relief for carried-forward losses in relation to the prior claim is the amount given as a result of paragraph (b).

188ED Claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period

1 The claimant company's relevant maximum for the overlapping period is determined as follows—

Step 1 Calculate the claimant company's relevant maximum for the claim period in accordance with section 269ZD(4).
Step 2 Deduct from that amount the sum of—
1. any deductions made by the company for the claim period
  1. under section 45(4)(b) or 45B(4), or
  2. under section 303B or 303D by virtue of section 304(5),
2. any deduction made by the company for the claim period under section 457(3) or 463H(5) of CTA 2009,
3. any deductions made by the company for the claim period under section 124(5), 124A(5) or 124C(6) of FA 2012, and
4. any deductions made by the company for the claim period which are deductions within any of paragraphs (a) to (i) and (k) of section 269ZD(3).
Step 3 Take the proportion of the claim period included in the overlapping period and apply that proportion to the amount arrived at under step 2.